1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ 2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 4 /* 5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 6 * 7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2025 Intel Corporation 11 */ 12 13 #include <linux/ethtool.h> 14 #include <uapi/linux/rfkill.h> 15 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 16 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 17 #include <linux/list.h> 18 #include <linux/bug.h> 19 #include <linux/netlink.h> 20 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 21 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 22 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 23 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 24 #include <linux/net.h> 25 #include <linux/rfkill.h> 26 #include <net/regulatory.h> 27 28 /** 29 * DOC: Introduction 30 * 31 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 32 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 33 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 34 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 35 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 36 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 37 * 38 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 39 * use restrictions. 40 */ 41 42 43 /** 44 * DOC: Device registration 45 * 46 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 47 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 48 * described below. 49 * 50 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 51 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 52 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 53 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 54 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 55 * the wireless part of the interface. Normally this struct is embedded in the 56 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 57 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 58 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 59 * 60 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 61 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 62 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 63 */ 64 65 struct wiphy; 66 67 /* 68 * wireless hardware capability structures 69 */ 70 71 /** 72 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 73 * 74 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 75 * 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 78 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_PSD: Power spectral density (in dBm) is set for this 80 * channel. 81 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 83 * is not permitted. 84 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 85 * is not permitted. 86 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 87 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 88 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 89 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 90 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 91 * restrictions. 92 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 93 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 94 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 95 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 96 * restrictions. 97 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 98 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 100 * on this channel. 101 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 102 * on this channel. 103 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel. 104 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ: 1 MHz bandwidth is permitted 105 * on this channel. 106 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ: 2 MHz bandwidth is permitted 107 * on this channel. 108 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ: 4 MHz bandwidth is permitted 109 * on this channel. 110 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ: 8 MHz bandwidth is permitted 111 * on this channel. 112 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ: 16 MHz bandwidth is permitted 113 * on this channel. 114 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ: If the driver supports 320 MHz on the band, 115 * this flag indicates that a 320 MHz channel cannot use this 116 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 117 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 118 * restrictions. 119 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not permitted on this channel. 120 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DFS_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT 121 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection with VLP AP 122 * not permitted using this channel 123 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection with AFC AP 124 * not permitted using this channel 125 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_CAN_MONITOR: This channel can be used for monitor 126 * mode even in the presence of other (regulatory) restrictions, 127 * even if it is otherwise disabled. 128 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: Allow using this channel for AP operation 129 * with very low power (VLP), even if otherwise set to NO_IR. 130 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY: Allow activity on a 20 MHz channel, 131 * even if otherwise set to NO_IR. 132 */ 133 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 134 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = BIT(0), 135 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = BIT(1), 136 IEEE80211_CHAN_PSD = BIT(2), 137 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = BIT(3), 138 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = BIT(4), 139 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = BIT(5), 140 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = BIT(6), 141 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = BIT(7), 142 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = BIT(8), 143 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = BIT(9), 144 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = BIT(10), 145 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = BIT(11), 146 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = BIT(12), 147 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = BIT(13), 148 IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ = BIT(14), 149 IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ = BIT(15), 150 IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ = BIT(16), 151 IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ = BIT(17), 152 IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ = BIT(18), 153 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ = BIT(19), 154 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT = BIT(20), 155 IEEE80211_CHAN_DFS_CONCURRENT = BIT(21), 156 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT = BIT(22), 157 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT = BIT(23), 158 IEEE80211_CHAN_CAN_MONITOR = BIT(24), 159 IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP = BIT(25), 160 IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY = BIT(26), 161 }; 162 163 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 164 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 165 166 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 167 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 168 169 /** 170 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 171 * 172 * This structure describes a single channel for use 173 * with cfg80211. 174 * 175 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 176 * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz 177 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 178 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 179 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 180 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 181 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 182 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 183 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 184 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 185 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 186 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 187 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 188 * @orig_mag: internal use 189 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 190 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 191 * on this channel. 192 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 193 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 194 * @psd: power spectral density (in dBm) 195 */ 196 struct ieee80211_channel { 197 enum nl80211_band band; 198 u32 center_freq; 199 u16 freq_offset; 200 u16 hw_value; 201 u32 flags; 202 int max_antenna_gain; 203 int max_power; 204 int max_reg_power; 205 bool beacon_found; 206 u32 orig_flags; 207 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 208 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 209 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 210 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 211 s8 psd; 212 }; 213 214 /** 215 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 216 * 217 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 218 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 219 * different bands/PHY modes. 220 * 221 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 222 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 223 * with CCK rates. 224 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 225 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 226 * core code when registering the wiphy. 227 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 228 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 229 * core code when registering the wiphy. 230 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 231 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 232 * core code when registering the wiphy. 233 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 234 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 235 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 236 */ 237 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 238 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(0), 239 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = BIT(1), 240 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = BIT(2), 241 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = BIT(3), 242 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = BIT(4), 243 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = BIT(5), 244 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = BIT(6), 245 }; 246 247 /** 248 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 249 * 250 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 251 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 252 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 253 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 254 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 255 */ 256 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 257 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 258 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 259 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 260 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 261 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 262 }; 263 264 /** 265 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 266 * 267 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 268 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 269 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 270 */ 271 enum ieee80211_privacy { 272 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 273 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 274 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 275 }; 276 277 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 278 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 279 280 /** 281 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 282 * 283 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 284 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 285 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 286 * passed around. 287 * 288 * @flags: rate-specific flags from &enum ieee80211_rate_flags 289 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 290 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 291 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 292 * short preamble is used 293 */ 294 struct ieee80211_rate { 295 u32 flags; 296 u16 bitrate; 297 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 298 }; 299 300 /** 301 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse 302 * 303 * @enable: is the feature enabled. 304 * @sr_ctrl: The SR Control field of SRP element. 305 * @non_srg_max_offset: non-SRG maximum tx power offset 306 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use 307 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use 308 * @bss_color_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the BSS color values used by 309 * members of the SRG 310 * @partial_bssid_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the partial BSSID values 311 * used by members of the SRG 312 */ 313 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { 314 bool enable; 315 u8 sr_ctrl; 316 u8 non_srg_max_offset; 317 u8 min_offset; 318 u8 max_offset; 319 u8 bss_color_bitmap[8]; 320 u8 partial_bssid_bitmap[8]; 321 }; 322 323 /** 324 * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring 325 * 326 * @color: the current color. 327 * @enabled: HE BSS color is used 328 * @partial: define the AID equation. 329 */ 330 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color { 331 u8 color; 332 bool enabled; 333 bool partial; 334 }; 335 336 /** 337 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 338 * 339 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 340 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 341 * 342 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 343 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 344 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 345 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 346 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 347 */ 348 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 349 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 350 bool ht_supported; 351 u8 ampdu_factor; 352 u8 ampdu_density; 353 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 354 }; 355 356 /** 357 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 358 * 359 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 360 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 361 * 362 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 363 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 364 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 365 */ 366 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 367 bool vht_supported; 368 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 369 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 370 }; 371 372 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 373 374 /** 375 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 376 * 377 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 378 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 379 * 380 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 381 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 382 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 383 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 384 */ 385 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 386 bool has_he; 387 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 388 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 389 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 390 }; 391 392 /** 393 * struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp - EHT max supported NSS per MCS 394 * 395 * See P802.11be_D1.3 Table 9-401k - "Subfields of the Supported EHT-MCS 396 * and NSS Set field" 397 * 398 * @only_20mhz: MCS/NSS support for 20 MHz-only STA. 399 * @bw: MCS/NSS support for 80, 160 and 320 MHz 400 * @bw._80: MCS/NSS support for BW <= 80 MHz 401 * @bw._160: MCS/NSS support for BW = 160 MHz 402 * @bw._320: MCS/NSS support for BW = 320 MHz 403 */ 404 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp { 405 union { 406 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_20mhz_only only_20mhz; 407 struct { 408 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _80; 409 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _160; 410 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _320; 411 } __packed bw; 412 } __packed; 413 } __packed; 414 415 #define IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 32 416 417 /** 418 * struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap - STA's EHT capabilities 419 * 420 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 421 * to describe 802.11be EHT capabilities for a STA. 422 * 423 * @has_eht: true iff EHT data is valid. 424 * @eht_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the eht capabilities element. 425 * @eht_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 426 * @eht_ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 427 */ 428 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap { 429 bool has_eht; 430 struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem_fixed eht_cap_elem; 431 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp eht_mcs_nss_supp; 432 u8 eht_ppe_thres[IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 433 }; 434 435 /* sparse defines __CHECKER__; see Documentation/dev-tools/sparse.rst */ 436 #ifdef __CHECKER__ 437 /* 438 * This is used to mark the sband->iftype_data pointer which is supposed 439 * to be an array with special access semantics (per iftype), but a lot 440 * of code got it wrong in the past, so with this marking sparse will be 441 * noisy when the pointer is used directly. 442 */ 443 # define __iftd __attribute__((noderef, address_space(__iftype_data))) 444 #else 445 # define __iftd 446 #endif /* __CHECKER__ */ 447 448 /** 449 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data - sband data per interface type 450 * 451 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 452 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 453 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 454 * 455 * @types_mask: interface types mask 456 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 457 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a 458 * 6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value). 459 * @eht_cap: STA's EHT capabilities 460 * @vendor_elems: vendor element(s) to advertise 461 * @vendor_elems.data: vendor element(s) data 462 * @vendor_elems.len: vendor element(s) length 463 */ 464 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 465 u16 types_mask; 466 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 467 struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa; 468 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap eht_cap; 469 struct { 470 const u8 *data; 471 unsigned int len; 472 } vendor_elems; 473 }; 474 475 /** 476 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations 477 * 478 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz 479 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz 480 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz 481 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz 482 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 483 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 484 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 485 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and 486 * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 487 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 488 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 489 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 490 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 491 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 492 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 493 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz, 494 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 495 */ 496 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config { 497 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4, 498 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5, 499 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6, 500 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7, 501 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8, 502 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9, 503 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10, 504 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11, 505 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12, 506 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13, 507 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14, 508 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15, 509 }; 510 511 /** 512 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration 513 * 514 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 515 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration 516 * 517 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) 518 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions. 519 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc. 520 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported. 521 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 522 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations 523 */ 524 struct ieee80211_edmg { 525 u8 channels; 526 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config; 527 }; 528 529 /** 530 * struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities 531 * 532 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 533 * to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA. 534 * 535 * @s1g: is STA an S1G STA 536 * @cap: S1G capabilities information 537 * @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set 538 */ 539 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap { 540 bool s1g; 541 u8 cap[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */ 542 u8 nss_mcs[5]; 543 }; 544 545 /** 546 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 547 * 548 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 549 * is able to operate in. 550 * 551 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with 552 * in this band. 553 * @band: the band this structure represents 554 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 555 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 556 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 557 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 558 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 559 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 560 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 561 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band 562 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band 563 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band (S1G band only, of course) 564 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 565 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 566 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 567 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 568 * iftype_data). 569 */ 570 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 571 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 572 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 573 enum nl80211_band band; 574 int n_channels; 575 int n_bitrates; 576 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 577 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 578 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap; 579 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap; 580 u16 n_iftype_data; 581 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data __iftd *iftype_data; 582 }; 583 584 /** 585 * _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data - set sband iftype data array 586 * @sband: the sband to initialize 587 * @iftd: the iftype data array pointer 588 * @n_iftd: the length of the iftype data array 589 * 590 * Set the sband iftype data array; use this where the length cannot 591 * be derived from the ARRAY_SIZE() of the argument, but prefer 592 * ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data() where it can be used. 593 */ 594 static inline void 595 _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 596 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftd, 597 u16 n_iftd) 598 { 599 sband->iftype_data = (const void __iftd __force *)iftd; 600 sband->n_iftype_data = n_iftd; 601 } 602 603 /** 604 * ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data - set sband iftype data array 605 * @sband: the sband to initialize 606 * @iftd: the iftype data array 607 */ 608 #define ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftd) \ 609 _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftd, ARRAY_SIZE(iftd)) 610 611 /** 612 * for_each_sband_iftype_data - iterate sband iftype data entries 613 * @sband: the sband whose iftype_data array to iterate 614 * @i: iterator counter 615 * @iftd: iftype data pointer to set 616 */ 617 #define for_each_sband_iftype_data(sband, i, iftd) \ 618 for (i = 0, iftd = (const void __force *)&(sband)->iftype_data[i]; \ 619 i < (sband)->n_iftype_data; \ 620 i++, iftd = (const void __force *)&(sband)->iftype_data[i]) 621 622 /** 623 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 624 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 625 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 626 * 627 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 628 */ 629 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 630 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 631 u8 iftype) 632 { 633 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data; 634 int i; 635 636 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES)) 637 return NULL; 638 639 if (iftype == NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN) 640 iftype = NL80211_IFTYPE_AP; 641 642 for_each_sband_iftype_data(sband, i, data) { 643 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 644 return data; 645 } 646 647 return NULL; 648 } 649 650 /** 651 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype 652 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 653 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 654 * 655 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 656 */ 657 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 658 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 659 u8 iftype) 660 { 661 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 662 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 663 664 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 665 return &data->he_cap; 666 667 return NULL; 668 } 669 670 /** 671 * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities 672 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 673 * @iftype: the iftype to search for 674 * 675 * Return: the 6GHz capabilities 676 */ 677 static inline __le16 678 ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 679 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 680 { 681 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 682 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 683 684 if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he)) 685 return 0; 686 687 return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa; 688 } 689 690 /** 691 * ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap - return ETH capabilities for an sband's iftype 692 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 693 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 694 * 695 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap, or NULL is none found 696 */ 697 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap * 698 ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 699 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 700 { 701 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 702 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 703 704 if (data && data->eht_cap.has_eht) 705 return &data->eht_cap; 706 707 return NULL; 708 } 709 710 /** 711 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 712 * 713 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 714 * 715 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 716 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 717 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 718 * 719 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 720 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 721 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 722 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 723 * without affecting other devices. 724 * 725 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 726 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 727 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 728 */ 729 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 730 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 731 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 732 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 733 { 734 } 735 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 736 737 738 /* 739 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 740 */ 741 742 /** 743 * DOC: Actions and configuration 744 * 745 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 746 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 747 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 748 * operations use are described separately. 749 * 750 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 751 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 752 * 753 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 754 * in a separate chapter. 755 */ 756 757 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 758 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 759 760 /** 761 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 762 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 763 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 764 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 765 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 766 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 767 * determine the address as needed. 768 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 769 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 770 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 771 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 772 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 773 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 774 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 775 */ 776 struct vif_params { 777 u32 flags; 778 int use_4addr; 779 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 780 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 781 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 782 }; 783 784 /** 785 * struct key_params - key information 786 * 787 * Information about a key 788 * 789 * @key: key material 790 * @key_len: length of key material 791 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 792 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used 793 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, 794 * length given by @seq_len. 795 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 796 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero) 797 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) 798 */ 799 struct key_params { 800 const u8 *key; 801 const u8 *seq; 802 int key_len; 803 int seq_len; 804 u16 vlan_id; 805 u32 cipher; 806 enum nl80211_key_mode mode; 807 }; 808 809 /** 810 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 811 * @chan: the (control) channel 812 * @width: channel width 813 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 814 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 815 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 816 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration. 817 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero), 818 * chan will define the primary channel and all other 819 * parameters are ignored. 820 * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz 821 * @punctured: mask of the punctured 20 MHz subchannels, with 822 * bits turned on being disabled (punctured); numbered 823 * from lower to higher frequency (like in the spec) 824 */ 825 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 826 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 827 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 828 u32 center_freq1; 829 u32 center_freq2; 830 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 831 u16 freq1_offset; 832 u16 punctured; 833 }; 834 835 /* 836 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 837 */ 838 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 839 struct { 840 u32 legacy; 841 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 842 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 843 u16 he_mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 844 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 845 enum nl80211_he_gi he_gi; 846 enum nl80211_he_ltf he_ltf; 847 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 848 }; 849 850 851 /** 852 * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration 853 * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration 854 * of the peer. 855 * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify 856 * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed, 857 * similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp. 858 * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID 859 * @retry_long: retry count value 860 * @retry_short: retry count value 861 * @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 862 * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS 863 * @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 864 * @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type 865 * @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID 866 */ 867 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg { 868 bool config_override; 869 u8 tids; 870 u64 mask; 871 enum nl80211_tid_config noack; 872 u8 retry_long, retry_short; 873 enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu; 874 enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts; 875 enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu; 876 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type; 877 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask; 878 }; 879 880 /** 881 * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration 882 * @peer: Station's MAC address 883 * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied 884 * @tid_conf: Configuration change info 885 */ 886 struct cfg80211_tid_config { 887 const u8 *peer; 888 u32 n_tid_conf; 889 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[] __counted_by(n_tid_conf); 890 }; 891 892 /** 893 * struct cfg80211_fils_aad - FILS AAD data 894 * @macaddr: STA MAC address 895 * @kek: FILS KEK 896 * @kek_len: FILS KEK length 897 * @snonce: STA Nonce 898 * @anonce: AP Nonce 899 */ 900 struct cfg80211_fils_aad { 901 const u8 *macaddr; 902 const u8 *kek; 903 u8 kek_len; 904 const u8 *snonce; 905 const u8 *anonce; 906 }; 907 908 /** 909 * struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp - enable/disable HW timestamping 910 * @macaddr: peer MAC address. NULL to enable/disable HW timestamping for all 911 * addresses. 912 * @enable: if set, enable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address. 913 * Otherwise disable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address. 914 */ 915 struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp { 916 const u8 *macaddr; 917 bool enable; 918 }; 919 920 /** 921 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 922 * @chandef: the channel definition 923 * 924 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 925 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 926 */ 927 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 928 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 929 { 930 switch (chandef->width) { 931 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 932 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 933 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 934 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 935 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 936 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 937 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 938 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 939 default: 940 WARN_ON(1); 941 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 942 } 943 } 944 945 /** 946 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 947 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 948 * @channel: the control channel 949 * @chantype: the channel type 950 * 951 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 952 */ 953 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 954 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 955 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 956 957 /** 958 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 959 * @chandef1: first channel definition 960 * @chandef2: second channel definition 961 * 962 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 963 * identical, %false otherwise. 964 */ 965 static inline bool 966 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 967 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 968 { 969 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 970 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 971 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 972 chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset && 973 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2 && 974 chandef1->punctured == chandef2->punctured); 975 } 976 977 /** 978 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel 979 * 980 * @chandef: the channel definition 981 * 982 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise. 983 */ 984 static inline bool 985 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 986 { 987 return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config; 988 } 989 990 /** 991 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 992 * @chandef1: first channel definition 993 * @chandef2: second channel definition 994 * 995 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 996 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 997 */ 998 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 999 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 1000 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 1001 1002 /** 1003 * nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz - get the channel width in MHz 1004 * @chan_width: the channel width from &enum nl80211_chan_width 1005 * 1006 * Return: channel width in MHz if the chan_width from &enum nl80211_chan_width 1007 * is valid. -1 otherwise. 1008 */ 1009 int nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz(enum nl80211_chan_width chan_width); 1010 1011 /** 1012 * cfg80211_chandef_get_width - return chandef width in MHz 1013 * @c: chandef to return bandwidth for 1014 * Return: channel width in MHz for the given chandef; note that it returns 1015 * 80 for 80+80 configurations 1016 */ 1017 static inline int cfg80211_chandef_get_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *c) 1018 { 1019 return nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz(c->width); 1020 } 1021 1022 /** 1023 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 1024 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1025 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 1026 */ 1027 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1028 1029 /** 1030 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 1031 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1032 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1033 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 1034 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 1035 */ 1036 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1037 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1038 u32 prohibited_flags); 1039 1040 /** 1041 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 1042 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1043 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1044 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 1045 * Returns: 1046 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 1047 */ 1048 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1049 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1050 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 1051 1052 /** 1053 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_usable - checks if chandef is DFS usable and we 1054 * can/need start CAC on such channel 1055 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1056 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1057 * 1058 * Return: true if all channels available and at least 1059 * one channel requires CAC (NL80211_DFS_USABLE) 1060 */ 1061 bool cfg80211_chandef_dfs_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1062 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1063 1064 /** 1065 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_cac_time - get the DFS CAC time (in ms) for given 1066 * channel definition 1067 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1068 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1069 * 1070 * Returns: DFS CAC time (in ms) which applies for this channel definition 1071 */ 1072 unsigned int 1073 cfg80211_chandef_dfs_cac_time(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1074 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1075 1076 /** 1077 * cfg80211_chandef_primary - calculate primary 40/80/160 MHz freq 1078 * @chandef: chandef to calculate for 1079 * @primary_chan_width: primary channel width to calculate center for 1080 * @punctured: punctured sub-channel bitmap, will be recalculated 1081 * according to the new bandwidth, can be %NULL 1082 * 1083 * Returns: the primary 40/80/160 MHz channel center frequency, or -1 1084 * for errors, updating the punctured bitmap 1085 */ 1086 int cfg80211_chandef_primary(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1087 enum nl80211_chan_width primary_chan_width, 1088 u16 *punctured); 1089 1090 /** 1091 * nl80211_send_chandef - sends the channel definition. 1092 * @msg: the msg to send channel definition 1093 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1094 * 1095 * Returns: 0 if sent the channel definition to msg, < 0 on error 1096 **/ 1097 int nl80211_send_chandef(struct sk_buff *msg, const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1098 1099 /** 1100 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 1101 * 1102 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 1103 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 1104 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 1105 * 1106 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 1107 * 1108 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 1109 */ 1110 static inline int 1111 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 1112 { 1113 switch (chandef->width) { 1114 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 1115 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 1116 chandef->chan->max_power); 1117 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 1118 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 1119 chandef->chan->max_power); 1120 default: 1121 break; 1122 } 1123 return chandef->chan->max_power; 1124 } 1125 1126 /** 1127 * cfg80211_any_usable_channels - check for usable channels 1128 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check for 1129 * @band_mask: which bands to check on 1130 * @prohibited_flags: which channels to not consider usable, 1131 * %IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED is always taken into account 1132 * 1133 * Return: %true if usable channels found, %false otherwise 1134 */ 1135 bool cfg80211_any_usable_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1136 unsigned long band_mask, 1137 u32 prohibited_flags); 1138 1139 /** 1140 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 1141 * 1142 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 1143 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 1144 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 1145 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 1146 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 1147 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 1148 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 1149 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 1150 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in 1151 * 1152 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 1153 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 1154 */ 1155 enum survey_info_flags { 1156 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 1157 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 1158 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 1159 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 1160 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 1161 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 1162 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 1163 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 1164 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8), 1165 }; 1166 1167 /** 1168 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 1169 * 1170 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 1171 * record to report global statistics 1172 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 1173 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 1174 * optional 1175 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 1176 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 1177 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 1178 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 1179 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 1180 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 1181 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS 1182 * 1183 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 1184 * 1185 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 1186 * channel duty cycle etc. 1187 */ 1188 struct survey_info { 1189 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 1190 u64 time; 1191 u64 time_busy; 1192 u64 time_ext_busy; 1193 u64 time_rx; 1194 u64 time_tx; 1195 u64 time_scan; 1196 u64 time_bss_rx; 1197 u32 filled; 1198 s8 noise; 1199 }; 1200 1201 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES 10 1202 1203 /** 1204 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 1205 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 1206 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 1207 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 1208 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 1209 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 1210 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 1211 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 1212 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 1213 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 1214 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 1215 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 1216 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 1217 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 1218 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 1219 * protocol frames. 1220 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1221 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1222 * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control 1223 * port for mac80211 1224 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 1225 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE 1226 * offload) 1227 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) 1228 * @sae_pwe: The mechanisms allowed for SAE PWE derivation: 1229 * 1230 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED 1231 * Not-specified, used to indicate userspace did not specify any 1232 * preference. The driver should follow its internal policy in 1233 * such a scenario. 1234 * 1235 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK 1236 * Allow hunting-and-pecking loop only 1237 * 1238 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT 1239 * Allow hash-to-element only 1240 * 1241 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH 1242 * Allow either hunting-and-pecking loop or hash-to-element 1243 */ 1244 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 1245 u32 wpa_versions; 1246 u32 cipher_group; 1247 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 1248 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 1249 int n_akm_suites; 1250 u32 akm_suites[CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES]; 1251 bool control_port; 1252 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 1253 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 1254 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1255 bool control_port_no_preauth; 1256 const u8 *psk; 1257 const u8 *sae_pwd; 1258 u8 sae_pwd_len; 1259 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism sae_pwe; 1260 }; 1261 1262 /** 1263 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_config - AP settings for multi bssid 1264 * 1265 * @tx_wdev: pointer to the transmitted interface in the MBSSID set 1266 * @tx_link_id: link ID of the transmitted profile in an MLD. 1267 * @index: index of this AP in the multi bssid group. 1268 * @ema: set to true if the beacons should be sent out in EMA mode. 1269 */ 1270 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config { 1271 struct wireless_dev *tx_wdev; 1272 u8 tx_link_id; 1273 u8 index; 1274 bool ema; 1275 }; 1276 1277 /** 1278 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems - Multiple BSSID elements 1279 * 1280 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. 1281 * 1282 * @elem: Array of multiple BSSID element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. 1283 * @elem.data: Data for multiple BSSID elements. 1284 * @elem.len: Length of data. 1285 */ 1286 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems { 1287 u8 cnt; 1288 struct { 1289 const u8 *data; 1290 size_t len; 1291 } elem[] __counted_by(cnt); 1292 }; 1293 1294 /** 1295 * struct cfg80211_rnr_elems - Reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements 1296 * 1297 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. 1298 * 1299 * @elem: Array of RNR element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. 1300 * @elem.data: Data for RNR elements. 1301 * @elem.len: Length of data. 1302 */ 1303 struct cfg80211_rnr_elems { 1304 u8 cnt; 1305 struct { 1306 const u8 *data; 1307 size_t len; 1308 } elem[] __counted_by(cnt); 1309 }; 1310 1311 /** 1312 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 1313 * @link_id: the link ID for the AP MLD link sending this beacon 1314 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 1315 * or %NULL if not changed 1316 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 1317 * or %NULL if not changed 1318 * @head_len: length of @head 1319 * @tail_len: length of @tail 1320 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 1321 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 1322 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 1323 * frames or %NULL 1324 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 1325 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 1326 * Response frames or %NULL 1327 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 1328 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 1329 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 1330 * @mbssid_ies: multiple BSSID elements 1331 * @rnr_ies: reduced neighbor report elements 1332 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 1333 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 1334 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 1335 * (measurement type 8) 1336 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 1337 * Token (measurement type 11) 1338 * @lci_len: LCI data length 1339 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 1340 * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings 1341 * @he_bss_color_valid: indicates whether bss color 1342 * attribute is present in beacon data or not. 1343 */ 1344 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 1345 unsigned int link_id; 1346 1347 const u8 *head, *tail; 1348 const u8 *beacon_ies; 1349 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 1350 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 1351 const u8 *probe_resp; 1352 const u8 *lci; 1353 const u8 *civicloc; 1354 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems *mbssid_ies; 1355 struct cfg80211_rnr_elems *rnr_ies; 1356 s8 ftm_responder; 1357 1358 size_t head_len, tail_len; 1359 size_t beacon_ies_len; 1360 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 1361 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 1362 size_t probe_resp_len; 1363 size_t lci_len; 1364 size_t civicloc_len; 1365 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color; 1366 bool he_bss_color_valid; 1367 }; 1368 1369 struct mac_address { 1370 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 1371 }; 1372 1373 /** 1374 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 1375 * 1376 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 1377 * entry specified by mac_addr 1378 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 1379 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 1380 */ 1381 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 1382 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 1383 int n_acl_entries; 1384 1385 /* Keep it last */ 1386 struct mac_address mac_addrs[] __counted_by(n_acl_entries); 1387 }; 1388 1389 /** 1390 * struct cfg80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from 1391 * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 1392 * 1393 * @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated. 1394 * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1395 * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1396 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1397 * @tmpl: Template data for FILS discovery frame including the action 1398 * frame headers. 1399 */ 1400 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery { 1401 bool update; 1402 u32 min_interval; 1403 u32 max_interval; 1404 size_t tmpl_len; 1405 const u8 *tmpl; 1406 }; 1407 1408 /** 1409 * struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp - Unsolicited broadcast probe 1410 * response parameters in 6GHz. 1411 * 1412 * @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated. 1413 * @interval: Packet interval in TUs. Maximum allowed is 20 TU, as mentioned 1414 * in IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2 - AP behavior for fast passive 1415 * scanning 1416 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1417 * @tmpl: Template data for probe response 1418 */ 1419 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp { 1420 bool update; 1421 u32 interval; 1422 size_t tmpl_len; 1423 const u8 *tmpl; 1424 }; 1425 1426 /** 1427 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 1428 * 1429 * Used to configure an AP interface. 1430 * 1431 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1432 * @beacon: beacon data 1433 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1434 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 1435 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 1436 * user space) 1437 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 1438 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 1439 * @crypto: crypto settings 1440 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 1441 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 1442 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 1443 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 1444 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 1445 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 1446 * MAC address based access control 1447 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 1448 * networks. 1449 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1450 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 1451 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 1452 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1453 * @eht_cap: EHT capabilities (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) 1454 * @eht_oper: EHT operation IE (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) 1455 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 1456 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 1457 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time 1458 * @he_required: stations must support HE 1459 * @sae_h2e_required: stations must support direct H2E technique in SAE 1460 * @flags: flags, as defined in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags 1461 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings 1462 * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1463 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters 1464 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1465 * @mbssid_config: AP settings for multiple bssid 1466 */ 1467 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 1468 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1469 1470 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1471 1472 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 1473 const u8 *ssid; 1474 size_t ssid_len; 1475 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 1476 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 1477 bool privacy; 1478 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 1479 int inactivity_timeout; 1480 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 1481 bool p2p_opp_ps; 1482 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 1483 bool pbss; 1484 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1485 1486 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 1487 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 1488 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 1489 const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper; 1490 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_cap; 1491 const struct ieee80211_eht_operation *eht_oper; 1492 bool ht_required, vht_required, he_required, sae_h2e_required; 1493 bool twt_responder; 1494 u32 flags; 1495 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; 1496 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; 1497 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1498 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config mbssid_config; 1499 }; 1500 1501 1502 /** 1503 * struct cfg80211_ap_update - AP configuration update 1504 * 1505 * Subset of &struct cfg80211_ap_settings, for updating a running AP. 1506 * 1507 * @beacon: beacon data 1508 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters 1509 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1510 */ 1511 struct cfg80211_ap_update { 1512 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1513 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; 1514 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1515 }; 1516 1517 /** 1518 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 1519 * 1520 * Used for channel switch 1521 * 1522 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 1523 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 1524 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1525 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1526 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 1527 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 1528 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 1529 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1530 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 1531 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 1532 * @count: number of beacons until switch 1533 * @link_id: defines the link on which channel switch is expected during 1534 * MLO. 0 in case of non-MLO. 1535 */ 1536 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 1537 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1538 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 1539 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 1540 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 1541 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 1542 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 1543 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 1544 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1545 bool radar_required; 1546 bool block_tx; 1547 u8 count; 1548 u8 link_id; 1549 }; 1550 1551 /** 1552 * struct cfg80211_color_change_settings - color change settings 1553 * 1554 * Used for bss color change 1555 * 1556 * @beacon_color_change: beacon data while performing the color countdown 1557 * @counter_offset_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1558 * @counter_offset_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1559 * @beacon_next: beacon data to be used after the color change 1560 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1561 * @count: number of beacons until the color change 1562 * @color: the color used after the change 1563 * @link_id: defines the link on which color change is expected during MLO. 1564 * 0 in case of non-MLO. 1565 */ 1566 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings { 1567 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_color_change; 1568 u16 counter_offset_beacon; 1569 u16 counter_offset_presp; 1570 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_next; 1571 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1572 u8 count; 1573 u8 color; 1574 u8 link_id; 1575 }; 1576 1577 /** 1578 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 1579 * 1580 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 1581 * 1582 * @radio_idx: wiphy radio index or -1 for global 1583 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 1584 * to use for verification 1585 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 1586 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 1587 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 1588 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 1589 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 1590 * nl80211_iftype. 1591 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 1592 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 1593 * the verification 1594 */ 1595 struct iface_combination_params { 1596 int radio_idx; 1597 int num_different_channels; 1598 u8 radar_detect; 1599 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 1600 u32 new_beacon_int; 1601 }; 1602 1603 /** 1604 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 1605 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 1606 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 1607 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 1608 * 1609 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 1610 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 1611 */ 1612 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 1613 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 1614 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 1615 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 1616 }; 1617 1618 /** 1619 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration 1620 * 1621 * Used to configure txpower for station. 1622 * 1623 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power 1624 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be 1625 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx 1626 * power per-interface or per-station. 1627 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power 1628 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC 1629 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. 1630 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for 1631 * per peer TPC. 1632 */ 1633 struct sta_txpwr { 1634 s16 power; 1635 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; 1636 }; 1637 1638 /** 1639 * struct link_station_parameters - link station parameters 1640 * 1641 * Used to change and create a new link station. 1642 * 1643 * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station 1644 * @link_id: the link id (-1 for non-MLD station) 1645 * @link_mac: MAC address of the link 1646 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1647 * (or NULL for no change) 1648 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 1649 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 1650 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 1651 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1652 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1653 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1654 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1655 * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station 1656 * @txpwr_set: txpwr field is set 1657 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station 1658 * @eht_capa: EHT capabilities of station 1659 * @eht_capa_len: the length of the EHT capabilities 1660 * @s1g_capa: S1G capabilities of station 1661 */ 1662 struct link_station_parameters { 1663 const u8 *mld_mac; 1664 int link_id; 1665 const u8 *link_mac; 1666 const u8 *supported_rates; 1667 u8 supported_rates_len; 1668 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1669 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1670 u8 opmode_notif; 1671 bool opmode_notif_used; 1672 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1673 u8 he_capa_len; 1674 struct sta_txpwr txpwr; 1675 bool txpwr_set; 1676 const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa; 1677 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_capa; 1678 u8 eht_capa_len; 1679 const struct ieee80211_s1g_cap *s1g_capa; 1680 }; 1681 1682 /** 1683 * struct link_station_del_parameters - link station deletion parameters 1684 * 1685 * Used to delete a link station entry (or all stations). 1686 * 1687 * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station 1688 * @link_id: the link id 1689 */ 1690 struct link_station_del_parameters { 1691 const u8 *mld_mac; 1692 u32 link_id; 1693 }; 1694 1695 /** 1696 * struct cfg80211_ttlm_params: TID to link mapping parameters 1697 * 1698 * Used for setting a TID to link mapping. 1699 * 1700 * @dlink: Downlink TID to link mapping, as defined in section 9.4.2.314 1701 * (TID-To-Link Mapping element) in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. 1702 * @ulink: Uplink TID to link mapping, as defined in section 9.4.2.314 1703 * (TID-To-Link Mapping element) in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. 1704 */ 1705 struct cfg80211_ttlm_params { 1706 u16 dlink[8]; 1707 u16 ulink[8]; 1708 }; 1709 1710 /** 1711 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 1712 * 1713 * Used to change and create a new station. 1714 * 1715 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 1716 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 1717 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1718 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 1719 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1720 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 1721 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 1722 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero) 1723 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 1724 * @plink_action: plink action to take 1725 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 1726 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 1727 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1728 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1729 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1730 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1731 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1732 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1733 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1734 * to unknown) 1735 * @capability: station capability 1736 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1737 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1738 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1739 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1740 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1741 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1742 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1743 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1744 * @eml_cap_present: Specifies if EML capabilities field (@eml_cap) is 1745 * present/updated 1746 * @eml_cap: EML capabilities of this station 1747 * @link_sta_params: link related params. 1748 */ 1749 struct station_parameters { 1750 struct net_device *vlan; 1751 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1752 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1753 int listen_interval; 1754 u16 aid; 1755 u16 vlan_id; 1756 u16 peer_aid; 1757 u8 plink_action; 1758 u8 plink_state; 1759 u8 uapsd_queues; 1760 u8 max_sp; 1761 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1762 u16 capability; 1763 const u8 *ext_capab; 1764 u8 ext_capab_len; 1765 const u8 *supported_channels; 1766 u8 supported_channels_len; 1767 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1768 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1769 int support_p2p_ps; 1770 u16 airtime_weight; 1771 bool eml_cap_present; 1772 u16 eml_cap; 1773 struct link_station_parameters link_sta_params; 1774 }; 1775 1776 /** 1777 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1778 * 1779 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1780 * 1781 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1782 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1783 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1784 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1785 * @link_id: Link ID indicating a link that stations to be flushed must be 1786 * using; valid only for MLO, but can also be -1 for MLO to really 1787 * remove all stations. 1788 */ 1789 struct station_del_parameters { 1790 const u8 *mac; 1791 u8 subtype; 1792 u16 reason_code; 1793 int link_id; 1794 }; 1795 1796 /** 1797 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1798 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1799 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1800 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1801 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1802 * the AP MLME in the device 1803 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1804 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1805 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1806 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1807 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1808 * supported/used) 1809 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1810 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1811 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1812 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1813 */ 1814 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1815 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1816 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1817 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1818 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1819 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1820 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1821 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1822 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1823 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1824 }; 1825 1826 /** 1827 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1828 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1829 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1830 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1831 * 1832 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1833 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1834 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable. 1835 * 1836 * Return: 0 if the change is acceptable, otherwise an error code. Note that 1837 * it may modify the parameters for backward compatibility reasons, so don't 1838 * use them before calling this. 1839 */ 1840 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1841 struct station_parameters *params, 1842 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1843 1844 /** 1845 * enum rate_info_flags - bitrate info flags 1846 * 1847 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1848 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1849 * 1850 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 1851 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 1852 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 1853 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS 1854 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 1855 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode 1856 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG: 60GHz extended SC MCS 1857 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS information 1858 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS: MCS field filled with S1G MCS 1859 */ 1860 enum rate_info_flags { 1861 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 1862 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 1863 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 1864 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3), 1865 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 1866 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5), 1867 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG = BIT(6), 1868 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS = BIT(7), 1869 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS = BIT(8), 1870 }; 1871 1872 /** 1873 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 1874 * 1875 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 1876 * 1877 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 1878 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 1879 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 1880 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 1881 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 1882 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 1883 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 1884 * @RATE_INFO_BW_320: 320 MHz bandwidth 1885 * @RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU: bandwidth determined by EHT RU allocation 1886 * @RATE_INFO_BW_1: 1 MHz bandwidth 1887 * @RATE_INFO_BW_2: 2 MHz bandwidth 1888 * @RATE_INFO_BW_4: 4 MHz bandwidth 1889 * @RATE_INFO_BW_8: 8 MHz bandwidth 1890 * @RATE_INFO_BW_16: 16 MHz bandwidth 1891 */ 1892 enum rate_info_bw { 1893 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 1894 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 1895 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 1896 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 1897 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 1898 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 1899 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 1900 RATE_INFO_BW_320, 1901 RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU, 1902 RATE_INFO_BW_1, 1903 RATE_INFO_BW_2, 1904 RATE_INFO_BW_4, 1905 RATE_INFO_BW_8, 1906 RATE_INFO_BW_16, 1907 }; 1908 1909 /** 1910 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 1911 * 1912 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 1913 * 1914 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 1915 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 1916 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE/EHT/S1G rate 1917 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 1918 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 1919 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 1920 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 1921 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 1922 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 1923 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4) 1924 * @eht_gi: EHT guard interval (from &enum nl80211_eht_gi) 1925 * @eht_ru_alloc: EHT RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc, 1926 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU) 1927 */ 1928 struct rate_info { 1929 u16 flags; 1930 u16 legacy; 1931 u8 mcs; 1932 u8 nss; 1933 u8 bw; 1934 u8 he_gi; 1935 u8 he_dcm; 1936 u8 he_ru_alloc; 1937 u8 n_bonded_ch; 1938 u8 eht_gi; 1939 u8 eht_ru_alloc; 1940 }; 1941 1942 /** 1943 * enum bss_param_flags - bitrate info flags 1944 * 1945 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1946 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1947 * 1948 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 1949 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1950 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 1951 */ 1952 enum bss_param_flags { 1953 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = BIT(0), 1954 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(1), 1955 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = BIT(2), 1956 }; 1957 1958 /** 1959 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 1960 * 1961 * Information about the currently associated BSS 1962 * 1963 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 1964 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 1965 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1966 */ 1967 struct sta_bss_parameters { 1968 u8 flags; 1969 u8 dtim_period; 1970 u16 beacon_interval; 1971 }; 1972 1973 /** 1974 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 1975 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 1976 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1977 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 1978 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 1979 * @flows: number of new flows seen 1980 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 1981 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 1982 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 1983 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 1984 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 1985 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 1986 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 1987 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 1988 */ 1989 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 1990 u32 filled; 1991 u32 backlog_bytes; 1992 u32 backlog_packets; 1993 u32 flows; 1994 u32 drops; 1995 u32 ecn_marks; 1996 u32 overlimit; 1997 u32 overmemory; 1998 u32 collisions; 1999 u32 tx_bytes; 2000 u32 tx_packets; 2001 u32 max_flows; 2002 }; 2003 2004 /** 2005 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 2006 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 2007 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 2008 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 2009 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 2010 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 2011 * transmitted MSDUs 2012 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 2013 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 2014 */ 2015 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 2016 u32 filled; 2017 u64 rx_msdu; 2018 u64 tx_msdu; 2019 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 2020 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 2021 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 2022 }; 2023 2024 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 2025 2026 /** 2027 * struct link_station_info - link station information 2028 * 2029 * Link station information filled by driver for get_station() and 2030 * dump_station(). 2031 * @filled: bit flag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 2032 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 2033 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a link of station is last connected 2034 * @inactive_time: time since last activity for link station(tx/rx) 2035 * in milliseconds 2036 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association of link of station 2037 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this link of station 2038 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this link of station 2039 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 2040 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 2041 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's 2042 * signal_type. For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_ 2043 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 2044 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 2045 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 2046 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this link of station 2047 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this link of station 2048 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this link of station 2049 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this link of station 2050 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) for this link of station 2051 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 2052 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 2053 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 2054 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 2055 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 2056 * towards this station. 2057 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 2058 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 2059 * from this peer 2060 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 2061 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 2062 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 2063 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 2064 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 2065 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 2066 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 2067 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 2068 * been sent. 2069 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 2070 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 2071 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 2072 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 2073 * @addr: For MLO STA connection, filled with address of the link of station. 2074 */ 2075 struct link_station_info { 2076 u64 filled; 2077 u32 connected_time; 2078 u32 inactive_time; 2079 u64 assoc_at; 2080 u64 rx_bytes; 2081 u64 tx_bytes; 2082 s8 signal; 2083 s8 signal_avg; 2084 2085 u8 chains; 2086 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2087 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2088 2089 struct rate_info txrate; 2090 struct rate_info rxrate; 2091 u32 rx_packets; 2092 u32 tx_packets; 2093 u32 tx_retries; 2094 u32 tx_failed; 2095 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 2096 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 2097 2098 u32 beacon_loss_count; 2099 2100 u32 expected_throughput; 2101 2102 u64 tx_duration; 2103 u64 rx_duration; 2104 u64 rx_beacon; 2105 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 2106 2107 u16 airtime_weight; 2108 2109 s8 ack_signal; 2110 s8 avg_ack_signal; 2111 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 2112 2113 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 2114 u32 fcs_err_count; 2115 2116 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2117 }; 2118 2119 /** 2120 * struct station_info - station information 2121 * 2122 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 2123 * 2124 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 2125 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 2126 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 2127 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 2128 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association 2129 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 2130 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 2131 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 2132 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 2133 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 2134 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 2135 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 2136 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 2137 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 2138 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 2139 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 2140 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 2141 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 2142 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 2143 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 2144 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 2145 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 2146 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 2147 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 2148 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 2149 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 2150 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 2151 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 2152 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 2153 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 2154 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 2155 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 2156 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 2157 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 2158 * @llid: mesh local link id 2159 * @plid: mesh peer link id 2160 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 2161 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 2162 * @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server 2163 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. 2164 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 2165 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 2166 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 2167 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 2168 * towards this station. 2169 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 2170 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 2171 * from this peer 2172 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 2173 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 2174 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 2175 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 2176 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 2177 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 2178 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 2179 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 2180 * been sent. 2181 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 2182 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 2183 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 2184 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 2185 * @mlo_params_valid: Indicates @assoc_link_id and @mld_addr fields are filled 2186 * by driver. Drivers use this only in cfg80211_new_sta() calls when AP 2187 * MLD's MLME/SME is offload to driver. Drivers won't fill this 2188 * information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and 2189 * dump_station() callbacks. 2190 * @assoc_link_id: Indicates MLO link ID of the AP, with which the station 2191 * completed (re)association. This information filled for both MLO 2192 * and non-MLO STA connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. 2193 * @mld_addr: For MLO STA connection, filled with MLD address of the station. 2194 * For non-MLO STA connection, filled with all zeros. 2195 * @assoc_resp_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Response. 2196 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use user 2197 * space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided only for the 2198 * cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. Drivers won't 2199 * fill this information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and 2200 * dump_station() callbacks. User space needs this information to determine 2201 * the accepted and rejected affiliated links of the connected station. 2202 * @assoc_resp_ies_len: Length of @assoc_resp_ies buffer in octets. 2203 * @valid_links: bitmap of valid links, or 0 for non-MLO. Drivers fill this 2204 * information in cfg80211_new_sta(), cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), 2205 * get_station() and dump_station() callbacks. 2206 * @links: reference to Link sta entries for MLO STA, all link specific 2207 * information is accessed through links[link_id]. 2208 */ 2209 struct station_info { 2210 u64 filled; 2211 u32 connected_time; 2212 u32 inactive_time; 2213 u64 assoc_at; 2214 u64 rx_bytes; 2215 u64 tx_bytes; 2216 s8 signal; 2217 s8 signal_avg; 2218 2219 u8 chains; 2220 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2221 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2222 2223 struct rate_info txrate; 2224 struct rate_info rxrate; 2225 u32 rx_packets; 2226 u32 tx_packets; 2227 u32 tx_retries; 2228 u32 tx_failed; 2229 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 2230 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 2231 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 2232 2233 int generation; 2234 2235 u32 beacon_loss_count; 2236 2237 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 2238 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 2239 2240 s64 t_offset; 2241 u16 llid; 2242 u16 plid; 2243 u8 plink_state; 2244 u8 connected_to_gate; 2245 u8 connected_to_as; 2246 u32 airtime_link_metric; 2247 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 2248 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 2249 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 2250 2251 u32 expected_throughput; 2252 2253 u16 airtime_weight; 2254 2255 s8 ack_signal; 2256 s8 avg_ack_signal; 2257 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 2258 2259 u64 tx_duration; 2260 u64 rx_duration; 2261 u64 rx_beacon; 2262 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 2263 2264 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 2265 u32 fcs_err_count; 2266 2267 bool mlo_params_valid; 2268 u8 assoc_link_id; 2269 u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2270 const u8 *assoc_resp_ies; 2271 size_t assoc_resp_ies_len; 2272 2273 u16 valid_links; 2274 struct link_station_info *links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 2275 }; 2276 2277 /** 2278 * struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs - sub specs limit 2279 * @power: power limitation in 0.25dbm 2280 * @freq_range_index: index the power limitation applies to 2281 */ 2282 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs { 2283 s32 power; 2284 u32 freq_range_index; 2285 }; 2286 2287 /** 2288 * struct cfg80211_sar_specs - sar limit specs 2289 * @type: it's set with power in 0.25dbm or other types 2290 * @num_sub_specs: number of sar sub specs 2291 * @sub_specs: memory to hold the sar sub specs 2292 */ 2293 struct cfg80211_sar_specs { 2294 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 2295 u32 num_sub_specs; 2296 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs sub_specs[] __counted_by(num_sub_specs); 2297 }; 2298 2299 2300 /** 2301 * struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges - sar frequency ranges 2302 * @start_freq: start range edge frequency 2303 * @end_freq: end range edge frequency 2304 */ 2305 struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges { 2306 u32 start_freq; 2307 u32 end_freq; 2308 }; 2309 2310 /** 2311 * struct cfg80211_sar_capa - sar limit capability 2312 * @type: it's set via power in 0.25dbm or other types 2313 * @num_freq_ranges: number of frequency ranges 2314 * @freq_ranges: memory to hold the freq ranges. 2315 * 2316 * Note: WLAN driver may append new ranges or split an existing 2317 * range to small ones and then append them. 2318 */ 2319 struct cfg80211_sar_capa { 2320 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 2321 u32 num_freq_ranges; 2322 const struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges *freq_ranges; 2323 }; 2324 2325 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 2326 /** 2327 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 2328 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 2329 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 2330 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 2331 * 2332 * Return: 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 2333 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 2334 * considered undefined. 2335 */ 2336 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 2337 struct station_info *sinfo); 2338 #else 2339 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 2340 const u8 *mac_addr, 2341 struct station_info *sinfo) 2342 { 2343 return -ENOENT; 2344 } 2345 #endif 2346 2347 /** 2348 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 2349 * 2350 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 2351 * according to the nl80211 flags. 2352 * 2353 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 2354 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 2355 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 2356 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 2357 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 2358 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: deprecated, will unconditionally be refused 2359 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 2360 * @MONITOR_FLAG_SKIP_TX: do not pass locally transmitted frames 2361 */ 2362 enum monitor_flags { 2363 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = BIT(__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID), 2364 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL), 2365 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL), 2366 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL), 2367 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS), 2368 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES), 2369 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE), 2370 MONITOR_FLAG_SKIP_TX = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_SKIP_TX), 2371 }; 2372 2373 /** 2374 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 2375 * 2376 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 2377 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 2378 * 2379 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 2380 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 2381 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 2382 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 2383 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 2384 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 2385 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 2386 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 2387 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 2388 */ 2389 enum mpath_info_flags { 2390 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 2391 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 2392 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 2393 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 2394 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 2395 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 2396 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 2397 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 2398 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 2399 }; 2400 2401 /** 2402 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 2403 * 2404 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 2405 * 2406 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 2407 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 2408 * @sn: target sequence number 2409 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 2410 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 2411 * @flags: mesh path flags from &enum mesh_path_flags 2412 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 2413 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 2414 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 2415 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 2416 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 2417 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 2418 * @hop_count: hops to destination 2419 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 2420 */ 2421 struct mpath_info { 2422 u32 filled; 2423 u32 frame_qlen; 2424 u32 sn; 2425 u32 metric; 2426 u32 exptime; 2427 u32 discovery_timeout; 2428 u8 discovery_retries; 2429 u8 flags; 2430 u8 hop_count; 2431 u32 path_change_count; 2432 2433 int generation; 2434 }; 2435 2436 /** 2437 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 2438 * 2439 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 2440 * 2441 * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD 2442 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 2443 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2444 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 2445 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2446 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 2447 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2448 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 2449 * (or NULL for no change) 2450 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 2451 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 2452 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2453 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 2454 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 2455 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 2456 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 2457 */ 2458 struct bss_parameters { 2459 int link_id; 2460 int use_cts_prot; 2461 int use_short_preamble; 2462 int use_short_slot_time; 2463 const u8 *basic_rates; 2464 u8 basic_rates_len; 2465 int ap_isolate; 2466 int ht_opmode; 2467 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 2468 }; 2469 2470 /** 2471 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 2472 * 2473 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 2474 * 2475 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 2476 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 2477 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 2478 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 2479 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 2480 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 2481 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 2482 * mesh interface 2483 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 2484 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 2485 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 2486 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 2487 * elements 2488 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 2489 * detect compatible mesh peers 2490 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 2491 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 2492 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 2493 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 2494 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 2495 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 2496 * a path discovery in milliseconds 2497 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2498 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 2499 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 2500 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2501 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 2502 * element 2503 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2504 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 2505 * element 2506 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 2507 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 2508 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 2509 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 2510 * announcements are transmitted 2511 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 2512 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 2513 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 2514 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 2515 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 2516 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 2517 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 2518 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 2519 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 2520 * station to establish a peer link 2521 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 2522 * 2523 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2524 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 2525 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 2526 * 2527 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 2528 * PREQs are transmitted. 2529 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 2530 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 2531 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 2532 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 2533 * setting for new peer links. 2534 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 2535 * after transmitting its beacon. 2536 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 2537 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 2538 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 2539 * @dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer: if set to true then this mesh STA 2540 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server 2541 * in the mesh formation field. 2542 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 2543 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 2544 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 2545 * in the mesh path table 2546 * @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP 2547 * for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might 2548 * not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So 2549 * if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 2550 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 2551 */ 2552 struct mesh_config { 2553 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 2554 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 2555 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 2556 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 2557 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 2558 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 2559 u8 element_ttl; 2560 bool auto_open_plinks; 2561 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 2562 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 2563 u32 path_refresh_time; 2564 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 2565 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 2566 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 2567 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 2568 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 2569 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 2570 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 2571 bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer; 2572 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 2573 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 2574 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 2575 s32 rssi_threshold; 2576 u16 ht_opmode; 2577 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 2578 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 2579 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 2580 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 2581 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 2582 u32 plink_timeout; 2583 bool dot11MeshNolearn; 2584 }; 2585 2586 /** 2587 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 2588 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2589 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 2590 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 2591 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 2592 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 2593 * @path_metric: which metric to use 2594 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 2595 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 2596 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 2597 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 2598 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 2599 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 2600 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 2601 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2602 * @mcast_rate: multicast rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 2603 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 2604 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 2605 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2606 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2607 * to operate on DFS channels. 2608 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2609 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2610 * 2611 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 2612 */ 2613 struct mesh_setup { 2614 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2615 const u8 *mesh_id; 2616 u8 mesh_id_len; 2617 u8 sync_method; 2618 u8 path_sel_proto; 2619 u8 path_metric; 2620 u8 auth_id; 2621 const u8 *ie; 2622 u8 ie_len; 2623 bool is_authenticated; 2624 bool is_secure; 2625 bool user_mpm; 2626 u8 dtim_period; 2627 u16 beacon_interval; 2628 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2629 u32 basic_rates; 2630 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 2631 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2632 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2633 }; 2634 2635 /** 2636 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 2637 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2638 * 2639 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 2640 */ 2641 struct ocb_setup { 2642 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2643 }; 2644 2645 /** 2646 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 2647 * @ac: AC identifier 2648 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 2649 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2650 * 1..32767] 2651 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2652 * 1..32767] 2653 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 2654 * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD 2655 */ 2656 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 2657 enum nl80211_ac ac; 2658 u16 txop; 2659 u16 cwmin; 2660 u16 cwmax; 2661 u8 aifs; 2662 int link_id; 2663 }; 2664 2665 /** 2666 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 2667 * 2668 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 2669 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 2670 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 2671 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 2672 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 2673 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 2674 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 2675 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 2676 * in the wiphy structure. 2677 * 2678 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 2679 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 2680 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 2681 * 2682 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 2683 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 2684 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 2685 * to userspace. 2686 */ 2687 2688 /** 2689 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 2690 * @ssid: the SSID 2691 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 2692 */ 2693 struct cfg80211_ssid { 2694 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 2695 u8 ssid_len; 2696 }; 2697 2698 /** 2699 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 2700 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 2701 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 2702 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 2703 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 2704 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 2705 * userspace will be notified of that 2706 */ 2707 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 2708 u64 scan_start_tsf; 2709 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2710 bool aborted; 2711 }; 2712 2713 /** 2714 * struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params - relevant for 6 GHz only 2715 * 2716 * @short_ssid: short ssid to scan for 2717 * @bssid: bssid to scan for 2718 * @channel_idx: idx of the channel in the channel array in the scan request 2719 * which the above info is relevant to 2720 * @unsolicited_probe: the AP transmits unsolicited probe response every 20 TU 2721 * @short_ssid_valid: @short_ssid is valid and can be used 2722 * @psc_no_listen: when set, and the channel is a PSC channel, no need to wait 2723 * 20 TUs before starting to send probe requests. 2724 * @psd_20: The AP's 20 MHz PSD value. 2725 */ 2726 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params { 2727 u32 short_ssid; 2728 u32 channel_idx; 2729 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2730 bool unsolicited_probe; 2731 bool short_ssid_valid; 2732 bool psc_no_listen; 2733 s8 psd_20; 2734 }; 2735 2736 /** 2737 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 2738 * 2739 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 2740 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2741 * @channels: channels to scan on. 2742 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2743 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2744 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2745 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 2746 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 2747 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 2748 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 2749 * %duration field. 2750 * @flags: control flags from &enum nl80211_scan_flags 2751 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 2752 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2753 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 2754 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 2755 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 2756 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2757 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2758 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2759 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2760 * @scan_6ghz: relevant for split scan request only, 2761 * true if this is a 6 GHz scan request 2762 * @first_part: %true if this is the first part of a split scan request or a 2763 * scan that was not split. May be %true for a @scan_6ghz scan if no other 2764 * channels were requested 2765 * @n_6ghz_params: number of 6 GHz params 2766 * @scan_6ghz_params: 6 GHz params 2767 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 2768 * @tsf_report_link_id: for MLO, indicates the link ID of the BSS that should be 2769 * used for TSF reporting. Can be set to -1 to indicate no preference. 2770 */ 2771 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 2772 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2773 int n_ssids; 2774 u32 n_channels; 2775 const u8 *ie; 2776 size_t ie_len; 2777 u16 duration; 2778 bool duration_mandatory; 2779 u32 flags; 2780 2781 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2782 2783 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 2784 2785 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2786 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2787 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2788 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2789 unsigned long scan_start; 2790 bool no_cck; 2791 bool scan_6ghz; 2792 bool first_part; 2793 u32 n_6ghz_params; 2794 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params *scan_6ghz_params; 2795 s8 tsf_report_link_id; 2796 2797 /* keep last */ 2798 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; 2799 }; 2800 2801 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 2802 { 2803 int i; 2804 2805 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 2806 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 2807 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 2808 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 2809 } 2810 } 2811 2812 /** 2813 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 2814 * 2815 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 2816 * or no match (RSSI only) 2817 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 2818 * or no match (RSSI only) 2819 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 2820 */ 2821 struct cfg80211_match_set { 2822 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2823 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2824 s32 rssi_thold; 2825 }; 2826 2827 /** 2828 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 2829 * 2830 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 2831 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 2832 * infinite loop. 2833 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 2834 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 2835 */ 2836 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 2837 u32 interval; 2838 u32 iterations; 2839 }; 2840 2841 /** 2842 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 2843 * 2844 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 2845 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 2846 */ 2847 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 2848 enum nl80211_band band; 2849 s8 delta; 2850 }; 2851 2852 /** 2853 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 2854 * 2855 * @reqid: identifies this request. 2856 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 2857 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2858 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2859 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2860 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2861 * @flags: control flags from &enum nl80211_scan_flags 2862 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 2863 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 2864 * (others are filtered out). 2865 * If omitted, all results are passed. 2866 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 2867 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 2868 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2869 * @dev: the interface 2870 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 2871 * @channels: channels to scan 2872 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 2873 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 2874 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2875 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2876 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2877 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2878 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 2879 * index must be executed first. 2880 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 2881 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 2882 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 2883 * owned by a particular socket) 2884 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 2885 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 2886 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 2887 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 2888 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 2889 * supported. 2890 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 2891 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 2892 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 2893 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 2894 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 2895 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 2896 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 2897 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 2898 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 2899 * comparisons. 2900 */ 2901 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 2902 u64 reqid; 2903 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2904 int n_ssids; 2905 u32 n_channels; 2906 const u8 *ie; 2907 size_t ie_len; 2908 u32 flags; 2909 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 2910 int n_match_sets; 2911 s32 min_rssi_thold; 2912 u32 delay; 2913 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 2914 int n_scan_plans; 2915 2916 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2917 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2918 2919 bool relative_rssi_set; 2920 s8 relative_rssi; 2921 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 2922 2923 /* internal */ 2924 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2925 struct net_device *dev; 2926 unsigned long scan_start; 2927 bool report_results; 2928 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2929 u32 owner_nlportid; 2930 bool nl_owner_dead; 2931 struct list_head list; 2932 2933 /* keep last */ 2934 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[] __counted_by(n_channels); 2935 }; 2936 2937 /** 2938 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 2939 * 2940 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 2941 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 2942 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 2943 */ 2944 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 2945 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 2946 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 2947 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 2948 }; 2949 2950 /** 2951 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 2952 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 2953 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 2954 * signal type 2955 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 2956 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 2957 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 2958 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 2959 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 2960 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. 2961 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 2962 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 2963 * by %parent_bssid. 2964 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 2965 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 2966 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2967 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2968 * @restrict_use: restrict usage, if not set, assume @use_for is 2969 * %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL. 2970 * @use_for: bitmap of possible usage for this BSS, see 2971 * &enum nl80211_bss_use_for 2972 * @cannot_use_reasons: the reasons (bitmap) for not being able to connect, 2973 * if @restrict_use is set and @use_for is zero (empty); may be 0 for 2974 * unspecified reasons; see &enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons 2975 * @drv_data: Data to be passed through to @inform_bss 2976 */ 2977 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 2978 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2979 s32 signal; 2980 u64 boottime_ns; 2981 u64 parent_tsf; 2982 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2983 u8 chains; 2984 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2985 2986 u8 restrict_use:1, use_for:7; 2987 u8 cannot_use_reasons; 2988 2989 void *drv_data; 2990 }; 2991 2992 /** 2993 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 2994 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 2995 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 2996 * @len: length of the IEs 2997 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 2998 * @data: IE data 2999 */ 3000 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 3001 u64 tsf; 3002 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 3003 int len; 3004 bool from_beacon; 3005 u8 data[]; 3006 }; 3007 3008 /** 3009 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 3010 * 3011 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 3012 * for use in scan results and similar. 3013 * 3014 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 3015 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 3016 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 3017 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 3018 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 3019 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 3020 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 3021 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 3022 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 3023 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 3024 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 3025 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 3026 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 3027 * @proberesp_ecsa_stuck: ECSA element is stuck in the Probe Response frame, 3028 * cannot rely on it having valid data 3029 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 3030 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 3031 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 3032 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 3033 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 3034 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 3035 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 3036 * (multi-BSSID support) 3037 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 3038 * @ts_boottime: timestamp of the last BSS update in nanoseconds since boot 3039 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 3040 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 3041 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 3042 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 3043 * @use_for: bitmap of possible usage for this BSS, see 3044 * &enum nl80211_bss_use_for 3045 * @cannot_use_reasons: the reasons (bitmap) for not being able to connect, 3046 * if @restrict_use is set and @use_for is zero (empty); may be 0 for 3047 * unspecified reasons; see &enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons 3048 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 3049 */ 3050 struct cfg80211_bss { 3051 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 3052 3053 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 3054 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 3055 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 3056 3057 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 3058 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 3059 struct list_head nontrans_list; 3060 3061 s32 signal; 3062 3063 u64 ts_boottime; 3064 3065 u16 beacon_interval; 3066 u16 capability; 3067 3068 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 3069 u8 chains; 3070 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 3071 3072 u8 proberesp_ecsa_stuck:1; 3073 3074 u8 bssid_index; 3075 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 3076 3077 u8 use_for; 3078 u8 cannot_use_reasons; 3079 3080 u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 3081 }; 3082 3083 /** 3084 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 3085 * @bss: the bss to search 3086 * @id: the element ID 3087 * 3088 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 3089 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 3090 * Return: %NULL if not found. 3091 */ 3092 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 3093 3094 /** 3095 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 3096 * @bss: the bss to search 3097 * @id: the element ID 3098 * 3099 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 3100 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 3101 * Return: %NULL if not found. 3102 */ 3103 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 3104 { 3105 return (const void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 3106 } 3107 3108 3109 /** 3110 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 3111 * 3112 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3113 * authentication. 3114 * 3115 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 3116 * to it if it needs to keep it. 3117 * @supported_selectors: List of selectors that should be assumed to be 3118 * supported by the station. 3119 * SAE_H2E must be assumed supported if set to %NULL. 3120 * @supported_selectors_len: Length of supported_selectors in octets. 3121 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 3122 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 3123 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3124 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 3125 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 3126 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 3127 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 3128 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 3129 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 3130 * transaction sequence number field. 3131 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 3132 * @link_id: if >= 0, indicates authentication should be done as an MLD, 3133 * the interface address is included as the MLD address and the 3134 * necessary link (with the given link_id) will be created (and 3135 * given an MLD address) by the driver 3136 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of authentication request with 3137 * an AP MLD, valid iff @link_id >= 0 3138 */ 3139 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 3140 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 3141 const u8 *ie; 3142 size_t ie_len; 3143 const u8 *supported_selectors; 3144 u8 supported_selectors_len; 3145 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 3146 const u8 *key; 3147 u8 key_len; 3148 s8 key_idx; 3149 const u8 *auth_data; 3150 size_t auth_data_len; 3151 s8 link_id; 3152 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 3153 }; 3154 3155 /** 3156 * struct cfg80211_assoc_link - per-link information for MLO association 3157 * @bss: the BSS pointer, see also &struct cfg80211_assoc_request::bss; 3158 * if this is %NULL for a link, that link is not requested 3159 * @elems: extra elements for the per-STA profile for this link 3160 * @elems_len: length of the elements 3161 * @disabled: If set this link should be included during association etc. but it 3162 * should not be used until enabled by the AP MLD. 3163 * @error: per-link error code, must be <= 0. If there is an error, then the 3164 * operation as a whole must fail. 3165 */ 3166 struct cfg80211_assoc_link { 3167 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 3168 const u8 *elems; 3169 size_t elems_len; 3170 bool disabled; 3171 int error; 3172 }; 3173 3174 /** 3175 * struct cfg80211_ml_reconf_req - MLO link reconfiguration request 3176 * @add_links: data for links to add, see &struct cfg80211_assoc_link 3177 * @rem_links: bitmap of links to remove 3178 * @ext_mld_capa_ops: extended MLD capabilities and operations set by 3179 * userspace for the ML reconfiguration action frame 3180 */ 3181 struct cfg80211_ml_reconf_req { 3182 struct cfg80211_assoc_link add_links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 3183 u16 rem_links; 3184 u16 ext_mld_capa_ops; 3185 }; 3186 3187 /** 3188 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 3189 * 3190 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 3191 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 3192 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 3193 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 3194 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 3195 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 3196 * request (connect callback). 3197 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE: Disable HE 3198 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT: Disable EHT 3199 * @CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT: Userspace indicates support for handling MLD links. 3200 * Drivers shall disable MLO features for the current association if this 3201 * flag is not set. 3202 * @ASSOC_REQ_SPP_AMSDU: SPP A-MSDUs will be used on this connection (if any) 3203 */ 3204 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 3205 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 3206 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 3207 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 3208 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 3209 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE = BIT(4), 3210 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT = BIT(5), 3211 CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT = BIT(6), 3212 ASSOC_REQ_SPP_AMSDU = BIT(7), 3213 }; 3214 3215 /** 3216 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 3217 * 3218 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3219 * (re)association. 3220 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 3221 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 3222 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 3223 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 3224 * This also applies to the @links.bss parameter, which is used instead 3225 * of this one (it is %NULL) for MLO associations. 3226 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 3227 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3228 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 3229 * @crypto: crypto settings 3230 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 3231 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 3232 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 3233 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 3234 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 3235 * frame. 3236 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 3237 * @supported_selectors: supported BSS selectors in IEEE 802.11 format 3238 * (or %NULL for no change). 3239 * If %NULL, then support for SAE_H2E should be assumed. 3240 * @supported_selectors_len: number of supported BSS selectors 3241 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3242 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3243 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3244 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 3245 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 3246 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 3247 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 3248 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 3249 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 3250 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 3251 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 3252 * @s1g_capa: S1G capability override 3253 * @s1g_capa_mask: S1G capability override mask 3254 * @links: per-link information for MLO connections 3255 * @link_id: >= 0 for MLO connections, where links are given, and indicates 3256 * the link on which the association request should be sent 3257 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of MLO association request, 3258 * valid iff @link_id >= 0 3259 * @ext_mld_capa_ops: extended MLD capabilities and operations set by 3260 * userspace for the association 3261 */ 3262 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 3263 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 3264 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 3265 size_t ie_len; 3266 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 3267 bool use_mfp; 3268 u32 flags; 3269 const u8 *supported_selectors; 3270 u8 supported_selectors_len; 3271 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3272 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3273 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 3274 const u8 *fils_kek; 3275 size_t fils_kek_len; 3276 const u8 *fils_nonces; 3277 struct ieee80211_s1g_cap s1g_capa, s1g_capa_mask; 3278 struct cfg80211_assoc_link links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 3279 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 3280 s8 link_id; 3281 u16 ext_mld_capa_ops; 3282 }; 3283 3284 /** 3285 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 3286 * 3287 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3288 * deauthentication. 3289 * 3290 * @bssid: the BSSID or AP MLD address to deauthenticate from 3291 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 3292 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3293 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 3294 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 3295 * do not set a deauth frame 3296 */ 3297 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 3298 const u8 *bssid; 3299 const u8 *ie; 3300 size_t ie_len; 3301 u16 reason_code; 3302 bool local_state_change; 3303 }; 3304 3305 /** 3306 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 3307 * 3308 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3309 * disassociation. 3310 * 3311 * @ap_addr: the BSSID or AP MLD address to disassociate from 3312 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 3313 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3314 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 3315 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 3316 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 3317 */ 3318 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 3319 const u8 *ap_addr; 3320 const u8 *ie; 3321 size_t ie_len; 3322 u16 reason_code; 3323 bool local_state_change; 3324 }; 3325 3326 /** 3327 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 3328 * 3329 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 3330 * method. 3331 * 3332 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 3333 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 3334 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 3335 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 3336 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 3337 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 3338 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 3339 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 3340 * @ie_len: length of that 3341 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 3342 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 3343 * after joining 3344 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 3345 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 3346 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 3347 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 3348 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 3349 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 3350 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 3351 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 3352 * to operate on DFS channels. 3353 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 3354 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 3355 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3356 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3357 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3358 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 3359 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 3360 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 3361 */ 3362 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 3363 const u8 *ssid; 3364 const u8 *bssid; 3365 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3366 const u8 *ie; 3367 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 3368 u16 beacon_interval; 3369 u32 basic_rates; 3370 bool channel_fixed; 3371 bool privacy; 3372 bool control_port; 3373 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 3374 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 3375 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 3376 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3377 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3378 struct key_params *wep_keys; 3379 int wep_tx_key; 3380 }; 3381 3382 /** 3383 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 3384 * 3385 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 3386 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 3387 * @param.band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 3388 * @param.adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 3389 */ 3390 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 3391 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 3392 union { 3393 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 3394 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 3395 } param; 3396 }; 3397 3398 /** 3399 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 3400 * 3401 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3402 * authentication and association. 3403 * 3404 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 3405 * on scan results) 3406 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 3407 * %NULL if not specified 3408 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 3409 * results) 3410 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 3411 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 3412 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 3413 * to use. 3414 * @ssid: SSID 3415 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 3416 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 3417 * @ie: IEs for association request 3418 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 3419 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 3420 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 3421 * @crypto: crypto settings 3422 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 3423 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 3424 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 3425 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 3426 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 3427 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 3428 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3429 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3430 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3431 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 3432 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 3433 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 3434 * networks. 3435 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 3436 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 3437 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 3438 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 3439 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 3440 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 3441 * frame. 3442 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 3443 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 3444 * data IE. 3445 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 3446 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 3447 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 3448 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 3449 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 3450 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 3451 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 3452 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 3453 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 3454 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 3455 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 3456 * offload of 4-way handshake. 3457 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels. 3458 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver 3459 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration. 3460 */ 3461 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 3462 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 3463 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 3464 const u8 *bssid; 3465 const u8 *bssid_hint; 3466 const u8 *ssid; 3467 size_t ssid_len; 3468 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 3469 const u8 *ie; 3470 size_t ie_len; 3471 bool privacy; 3472 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 3473 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 3474 const u8 *key; 3475 u8 key_len, key_idx; 3476 u32 flags; 3477 int bg_scan_period; 3478 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3479 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3480 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 3481 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 3482 bool pbss; 3483 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 3484 const u8 *prev_bssid; 3485 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 3486 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 3487 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 3488 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 3489 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 3490 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 3491 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 3492 bool want_1x; 3493 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 3494 }; 3495 3496 /** 3497 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 3498 * 3499 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 3500 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 3501 * 3502 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 3503 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 3504 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 3505 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 3506 */ 3507 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 3508 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 3509 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 3510 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 3511 }; 3512 3513 /** 3514 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 3515 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 3516 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 3517 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 3518 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 3519 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 3520 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 3521 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 3522 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 3523 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 3524 */ 3525 enum wiphy_params_flags { 3526 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = BIT(0), 3527 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = BIT(1), 3528 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = BIT(2), 3529 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = BIT(3), 3530 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = BIT(4), 3531 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = BIT(5), 3532 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = BIT(6), 3533 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = BIT(7), 3534 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = BIT(8), 3535 }; 3536 3537 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 3538 3539 /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */ 3540 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000 3541 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000 3542 3543 /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */ 3544 #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000 3545 3546 /** 3547 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 3548 * 3549 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 3550 * caching. 3551 * 3552 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 3553 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3554 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 3555 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 3556 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 3557 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 3558 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 3559 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 3560 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 3561 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 3562 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 3563 * %NULL). 3564 * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds 3565 * (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified. 3566 * The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after 3567 * expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on 3568 * expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK 3569 * used for it expires. 3570 * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of 3571 * PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified. 3572 * Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using 3573 * this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this 3574 * threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires. 3575 */ 3576 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 3577 const u8 *bssid; 3578 const u8 *pmkid; 3579 const u8 *pmk; 3580 size_t pmk_len; 3581 const u8 *ssid; 3582 size_t ssid_len; 3583 const u8 *cache_id; 3584 u32 pmk_lifetime; 3585 u8 pmk_reauth_threshold; 3586 }; 3587 3588 /** 3589 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 3590 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 3591 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 3592 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 3593 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 3594 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 3595 * 3596 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 3597 * memory, free @mask only! 3598 */ 3599 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 3600 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 3601 int pattern_len; 3602 int pkt_offset; 3603 }; 3604 3605 /** 3606 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 3607 * 3608 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 3609 * @src: source IP address 3610 * @dst: destination IP address 3611 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 3612 * @src_port: source port 3613 * @dst_port: destination port 3614 * @payload_len: data payload length 3615 * @payload: data payload buffer 3616 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 3617 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 3618 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 3619 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 3620 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 3621 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 3622 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 3623 */ 3624 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 3625 struct socket *sock; 3626 __be32 src, dst; 3627 u16 src_port, dst_port; 3628 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 3629 int payload_len; 3630 const u8 *payload; 3631 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 3632 u32 data_interval; 3633 u32 wake_len; 3634 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 3635 u32 tokens_size; 3636 /* must be last, variable member */ 3637 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 3638 }; 3639 3640 /** 3641 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 3642 * 3643 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 3644 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 3645 * operating as normal during suspend 3646 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 3647 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 3648 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 3649 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3650 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 3651 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 3652 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 3653 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 3654 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 3655 * NULL if not configured. 3656 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 3657 */ 3658 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 3659 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3660 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3661 rfkill_release; 3662 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3663 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 3664 int n_patterns; 3665 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 3666 }; 3667 3668 /** 3669 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 3670 * 3671 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 3672 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 3673 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 3674 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 3675 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 3676 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3677 */ 3678 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 3679 int delay; 3680 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 3681 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3682 int n_patterns; 3683 }; 3684 3685 /** 3686 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 3687 * 3688 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 3689 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 3690 * @n_rules: number of rules 3691 */ 3692 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 3693 int n_rules; 3694 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules rules[] __counted_by(n_rules); 3695 }; 3696 3697 /** 3698 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 3699 * 3700 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 3701 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 3702 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 3703 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 3704 * occurred (in MHz) 3705 */ 3706 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 3707 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3708 int n_channels; 3709 u32 channels[] __counted_by(n_channels); 3710 }; 3711 3712 /** 3713 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 3714 * 3715 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 3716 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 3717 * match information. 3718 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 3719 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 3720 */ 3721 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 3722 int n_matches; 3723 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[] __counted_by(n_matches); 3724 }; 3725 3726 /** 3727 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 3728 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 3729 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 3730 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 3731 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 3732 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 3733 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 3734 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 3735 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 3736 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 3737 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 3738 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 3739 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 3740 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 3741 * it is. 3742 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 3743 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 3744 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 3745 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 3746 * @unprot_deauth_disassoc: woke up due to unprotected deauth or 3747 * disassoc frame (in MFP). 3748 */ 3749 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 3750 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3751 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3752 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 3753 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens, 3754 unprot_deauth_disassoc; 3755 s32 pattern_idx; 3756 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 3757 const void *packet; 3758 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 3759 }; 3760 3761 /** 3762 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 3763 * @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes) 3764 * @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes) 3765 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 3766 * @kek_len: length of kek 3767 * @kck_len: length of kck 3768 * @akm: akm (oui, id) 3769 */ 3770 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 3771 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 3772 u32 akm; 3773 u8 kek_len, kck_len; 3774 }; 3775 3776 /** 3777 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 3778 * 3779 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 3780 * 3781 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 3782 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 3783 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 3784 */ 3785 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 3786 u16 md; 3787 const u8 *ie; 3788 size_t ie_len; 3789 }; 3790 3791 /** 3792 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 3793 * 3794 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 3795 * 3796 * @chan: channel to use 3797 * @offchan: indicates whether off channel operation is required 3798 * @wait: duration for ROC 3799 * @buf: buffer to transmit 3800 * @len: buffer length 3801 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 3802 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 3803 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 3804 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 3805 * @link_id: for MLO, the link ID to transmit on, -1 if not given; note 3806 * that the link ID isn't validated (much), it's in range but the 3807 * link might not exist (or be used by the receiver STA) 3808 */ 3809 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 3810 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 3811 bool offchan; 3812 unsigned int wait; 3813 const u8 *buf; 3814 size_t len; 3815 bool no_cck; 3816 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 3817 int n_csa_offsets; 3818 const u16 *csa_offsets; 3819 int link_id; 3820 }; 3821 3822 /** 3823 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 3824 * 3825 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 3826 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 3827 */ 3828 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 3829 u8 dscp; 3830 u8 up; 3831 }; 3832 3833 /** 3834 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 3835 * 3836 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3837 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3838 */ 3839 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 3840 u8 low; 3841 u8 high; 3842 }; 3843 3844 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 3845 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 3846 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 3847 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 3848 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 3849 3850 /** 3851 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 3852 * 3853 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 3854 * 3855 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 3856 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 3857 * the user priority DSCP range definition 3858 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 3859 */ 3860 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 3861 u8 num_des; 3862 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 3863 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 3864 }; 3865 3866 /** 3867 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 3868 * 3869 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 3870 * 3871 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 3872 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 3873 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 3874 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 3875 */ 3876 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 3877 u8 master_pref; 3878 u8 bands; 3879 }; 3880 3881 /** 3882 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 3883 * configuration 3884 * 3885 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 3886 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 3887 */ 3888 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 3889 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 3890 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 3891 }; 3892 3893 /** 3894 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 3895 * 3896 * @filter: the content of the filter 3897 * @len: the length of the filter 3898 */ 3899 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 3900 const u8 *filter; 3901 u8 len; 3902 }; 3903 3904 /** 3905 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 3906 * 3907 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 3908 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 3909 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 3910 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 3911 * implementation specific. 3912 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 3913 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 3914 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 3915 * @followup_reqid: the requester instance ID for follow up 3916 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 3917 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 3918 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 3919 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 3920 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 3921 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 3922 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 3923 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 3924 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 3925 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 3926 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 3927 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 3928 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 3929 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 3930 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 3931 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 3932 */ 3933 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 3934 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 3935 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 3936 u8 publish_type; 3937 bool close_range; 3938 bool publish_bcast; 3939 bool subscribe_active; 3940 u8 followup_id; 3941 u8 followup_reqid; 3942 struct mac_address followup_dest; 3943 u32 ttl; 3944 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 3945 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 3946 bool srf_include; 3947 const u8 *srf_bf; 3948 u8 srf_bf_len; 3949 u8 srf_bf_idx; 3950 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 3951 int srf_num_macs; 3952 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 3953 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 3954 u8 num_tx_filters; 3955 u8 num_rx_filters; 3956 u8 instance_id; 3957 u64 cookie; 3958 }; 3959 3960 /** 3961 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 3962 * 3963 * @aa: authenticator address 3964 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 3965 * @pmk: the PMK material 3966 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 3967 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 3968 * holds PMK-R0. 3969 */ 3970 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 3971 const u8 *aa; 3972 u8 pmk_len; 3973 const u8 *pmk; 3974 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 3975 }; 3976 3977 /** 3978 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 3979 * 3980 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 3981 * 3982 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 3983 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 3984 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 3985 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 3986 * authentication response command interface. 3987 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 3988 * authentication response command interface. 3989 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 3990 * authentication request event interface. 3991 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 3992 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 3993 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 3994 * response command interface (user space to driver). 3995 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3996 * @mld_addr: MLD address of the peer. Used by the authentication request event 3997 * interface. Driver indicates this to enable MLO during the authentication 3998 * offload to user space. Driver shall look at %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT 3999 * flag capability in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space 4000 * supports enabling MLO during the authentication offload. 4001 * User space should use the address of the interface (on which the 4002 * authentication request event reported) as self MLD address. User space 4003 * and driver should use MLD addresses in RA, TA and BSSID fields of 4004 * authentication frames sent or received via cfg80211. The driver 4005 * translates the MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link 4006 * chosen for the authentication. 4007 */ 4008 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 4009 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 4010 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4011 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 4012 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 4013 u16 status; 4014 const u8 *pmkid; 4015 u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4016 }; 4017 4018 /** 4019 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 4020 * 4021 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 4022 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 4023 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 4024 * answered 4025 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 4026 * successfully answered 4027 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 4028 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 4029 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 4030 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 4031 * of how much time the responder was busy 4032 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 4033 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 4034 * the responder 4035 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 4036 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 4037 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 4038 */ 4039 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 4040 u32 filled; 4041 u32 success_num; 4042 u32 partial_num; 4043 u32 failed_num; 4044 u32 asap_num; 4045 u32 non_asap_num; 4046 u64 total_duration_ms; 4047 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 4048 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 4049 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 4050 }; 4051 4052 /** 4053 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 4054 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 4055 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 4056 * reason than just "failure" 4057 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 4058 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 4059 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 4060 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 4061 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 4062 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 4063 * by the responder 4064 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 4065 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 4066 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 4067 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 4068 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 4069 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 4070 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 4071 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 4072 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 4073 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 4074 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 4075 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 4076 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 4077 * the square root of the variance) 4078 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 4079 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 4080 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 4081 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 4082 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 4083 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 4084 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 4085 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 4086 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 4087 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 4088 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 4089 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 4090 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 4091 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 4092 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 4093 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 4094 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 4095 */ 4096 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 4097 const u8 *lci; 4098 const u8 *civicloc; 4099 unsigned int lci_len; 4100 unsigned int civicloc_len; 4101 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 4102 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 4103 s16 burst_index; 4104 u8 busy_retry_time; 4105 u8 num_bursts_exp; 4106 u8 burst_duration; 4107 u8 ftms_per_burst; 4108 s32 rssi_avg; 4109 s32 rssi_spread; 4110 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 4111 s64 rtt_avg; 4112 s64 rtt_variance; 4113 s64 rtt_spread; 4114 s64 dist_avg; 4115 s64 dist_variance; 4116 s64 dist_spread; 4117 4118 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 4119 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 4120 rssi_avg_valid:1, 4121 rssi_spread_valid:1, 4122 tx_rate_valid:1, 4123 rx_rate_valid:1, 4124 rtt_avg_valid:1, 4125 rtt_variance_valid:1, 4126 rtt_spread_valid:1, 4127 dist_avg_valid:1, 4128 dist_variance_valid:1, 4129 dist_spread_valid:1; 4130 }; 4131 4132 /** 4133 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 4134 * @addr: address of the peer 4135 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 4136 * measurement was made) 4137 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 4138 * @status: status of the measurement 4139 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 4140 * reporting partial results always set this flag 4141 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 4142 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 4143 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 4144 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 4145 * @ftm: FTM result 4146 */ 4147 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 4148 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 4149 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 4150 4151 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 4152 4153 u8 final:1, 4154 ap_tsf_valid:1; 4155 4156 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 4157 4158 union { 4159 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 4160 }; 4161 }; 4162 4163 /** 4164 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 4165 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 4166 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 4167 * @burst_period: burst period to use 4168 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 4169 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 4170 * @burst_duration: burst duration 4171 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst 4172 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 4173 * @request_lci: request LCI information 4174 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 4175 * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement 4176 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 4177 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 4178 * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement 4179 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 4180 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 4181 * @lmr_feedback: negotiate for I2R LMR feedback. Only valid if either 4182 * @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is set. 4183 * @bss_color: the bss color of the responder. Optional. Set to zero to 4184 * indicate the driver should set the BSS color. Only valid if 4185 * @non_trigger_based or @trigger_based is set. 4186 * 4187 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 4188 */ 4189 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 4190 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 4191 u16 burst_period; 4192 u8 requested:1, 4193 asap:1, 4194 request_lci:1, 4195 request_civicloc:1, 4196 trigger_based:1, 4197 non_trigger_based:1, 4198 lmr_feedback:1; 4199 u8 num_bursts_exp; 4200 u8 burst_duration; 4201 u8 ftms_per_burst; 4202 u8 ftmr_retries; 4203 u8 bss_color; 4204 }; 4205 4206 /** 4207 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 4208 * @addr: MAC address 4209 * @chandef: channel to use 4210 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 4211 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 4212 */ 4213 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 4214 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 4215 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 4216 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 4217 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 4218 }; 4219 4220 /** 4221 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 4222 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 4223 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 4224 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 4225 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 4226 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 4227 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 4228 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 4229 * be taken from the @mac_addr 4230 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 4231 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 4232 * zero it means there's no timeout 4233 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 4234 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 4235 */ 4236 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 4237 u64 cookie; 4238 void *drv_data; 4239 u32 n_peers; 4240 u32 nl_portid; 4241 4242 u32 timeout; 4243 4244 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4245 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4246 4247 struct list_head list; 4248 4249 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[] __counted_by(n_peers); 4250 }; 4251 4252 /** 4253 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information 4254 * 4255 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE 4256 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. 4257 * 4258 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. 4259 * 4260 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing 4261 * has to be done. 4262 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info 4263 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space 4264 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for 4265 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). 4266 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are 4267 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and 4268 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. 4269 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. 4270 * @assoc_link_id: MLO link ID of the AP, with which (re)association requested 4271 * by peer. This will be filled by driver for both MLO and non-MLO station 4272 * connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. For non-MLD AP mode, it 4273 * will be -1. Used only with OWE update event (driver to user space). 4274 * @peer_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the peer. For non-MLO 4275 * connection, it will be all zeros. This is applicable only when 4276 * @assoc_link_id is not -1, i.e., the AP affiliated with an MLD. Used only 4277 * with OWE update event (driver to user space). 4278 */ 4279 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { 4280 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4281 u16 status; 4282 const u8 *ie; 4283 size_t ie_len; 4284 int assoc_link_id; 4285 u8 peer_mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4286 }; 4287 4288 /** 4289 * struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data 4290 * @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 4291 * for the entire device 4292 * @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 4293 * for the given interface 4294 * @global_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes 4295 * @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface 4296 * for these subtypes 4297 */ 4298 struct mgmt_frame_regs { 4299 u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes; 4300 u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes; 4301 }; 4302 4303 /** 4304 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 4305 * 4306 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 4307 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 4308 * 4309 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 4310 * on success or a negative error code. 4311 * 4312 * All operations are invoked with the wiphy mutex held. The RTNL may be 4313 * held in addition (due to wireless extensions) but this cannot be relied 4314 * upon except in cases where documented below. Note that due to ordering, 4315 * the RTNL also cannot be acquired in any handlers. 4316 * 4317 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 4318 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 4319 * configured for the device. 4320 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 4321 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 4322 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 4323 * the device. 4324 * 4325 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 4326 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 4327 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 4328 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 4329 * also set the address member in the wdev. 4330 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4331 * 4332 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 4333 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4334 * 4335 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 4336 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 4337 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4338 * 4339 * @add_intf_link: Add a new MLO link to the given interface. Note that 4340 * the wdev->link[] data structure has been updated, so the new link 4341 * address is available. 4342 * @del_intf_link: Remove an MLO link from the given interface. 4343 * 4344 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 4345 * when adding a group key. @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. 4346 * For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for 4347 * pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. 4348 * 4349 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 4350 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 4351 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 4352 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 4353 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 4354 * @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, 4355 * @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr 4356 * will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. 4357 * 4358 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 4359 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. @link_id will 4360 * be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 4361 * for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD 4362 * address for MLO pairwise key. 4363 * 4364 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface. @link_id will be >= 0 4365 * for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4366 * 4367 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface. 4368 * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4369 * 4370 * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface. 4371 * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4372 * 4373 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 4374 * 4375 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 4376 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 4377 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 4378 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 4379 * 4380 * @add_station: Add a new station. 4381 * @del_station: Remove a station 4382 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 4383 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 4384 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 4385 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 4386 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 4387 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 4388 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4389 * 4390 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 4391 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 4392 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 4393 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 4394 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4395 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 4396 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4397 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 4398 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4399 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 4400 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4401 * 4402 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 4403 * 4404 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 4405 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 4406 * set, and which to leave alone. 4407 * 4408 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 4409 * 4410 * @inform_bss: Called by cfg80211 while being informed about new BSS data 4411 * for every BSS found within the reported data or frame. This is called 4412 * from within the cfg8011 inform_bss handlers while holding the bss_lock. 4413 * The data parameter is passed through from drv_data inside 4414 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss. 4415 * The new IE data for the BSS is explicitly passed. 4416 * 4417 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 4418 * 4419 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 4420 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 4421 * join the mesh instead. 4422 * 4423 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 4424 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 4425 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 4426 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 4427 * 4428 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 4429 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 4430 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 4431 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 4432 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 4433 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 4434 * 4435 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 4436 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4437 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 4438 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4439 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 4440 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4441 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 4442 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4443 * 4444 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 4445 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 4446 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 4447 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 4448 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 4449 * was received. 4450 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 4451 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 4452 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 4453 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 4454 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 4455 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 4456 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 4457 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 4458 * indication of requesting reassociation. 4459 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 4460 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 4461 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4462 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 4463 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 4464 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 4465 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 4466 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 4467 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 4468 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 4469 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4470 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 4471 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 4472 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 4473 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 4474 * 4475 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 4476 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 4477 * to a merge. 4478 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4479 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 4480 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4481 * 4482 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 4483 * MESH mode) 4484 * 4485 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 4486 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 4487 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 4488 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 4489 * 4490 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 4491 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 4492 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 4493 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 4494 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 4495 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 4496 * return 0 if successful 4497 * 4498 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 4499 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 4500 * 4501 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 4502 * 4503 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 4504 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 4505 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 4506 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 4507 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 4508 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 4509 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 4510 * the duration value. 4511 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 4512 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 4513 * frame on another channel 4514 * 4515 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 4516 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 4517 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 4518 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 4519 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 4520 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 4521 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 4522 * 4523 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 4524 * 4525 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 4526 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 4527 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 4528 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 4529 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 4530 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 4531 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 4532 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 4533 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 4534 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 4535 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 4536 * disabled.) 4537 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 4538 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 4539 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 4540 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 4541 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 4542 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 4543 * thresholds. 4544 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 4545 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 4546 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 4547 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 4548 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 4549 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 4550 * stop (when this method returns 0). 4551 * 4552 * @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame 4553 * registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep. 4554 * 4555 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 4556 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 4557 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 4558 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 4559 * 4560 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 4561 * 4562 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 4563 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 4564 * 4565 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 4566 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 4567 * 4568 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 4569 * 4570 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 4571 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 4572 * current monitoring channel. 4573 * 4574 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 4575 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 4576 * 4577 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 4578 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 4579 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 4580 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 4581 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 4582 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 4583 * 4584 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 4585 * 4586 * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC 4587 * was finished on another phy. 4588 * 4589 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 4590 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 4591 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 4592 * 4593 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 4594 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 4595 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 4596 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 4597 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 4598 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 4599 * 4600 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 4601 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 4602 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 4603 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 4604 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 4605 * as soon as possible. 4606 * 4607 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 4608 * 4609 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 4610 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 4611 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 4612 * 4613 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 4614 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 4615 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 4616 * account. 4617 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 4618 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 4619 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 4620 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 4621 * rejected) 4622 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 4623 * 4624 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 4625 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4626 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 4627 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4628 * 4629 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 4630 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 4631 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 4632 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 4633 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 4634 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 4635 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 4636 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 4637 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 4638 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 4639 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 4640 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 4641 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 4642 * provided @nan_func. 4643 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 4644 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 4645 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 4646 * All other parameters must be ignored. 4647 * 4648 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 4649 * 4650 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 4651 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 4652 * 4653 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 4654 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 4655 * upon which the driver should clear it. 4656 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4657 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 4658 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4659 * 4660 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 4661 * user space 4662 * 4663 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 4664 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 4665 * 4666 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 4667 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 4668 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 4669 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 4670 * 4671 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME 4672 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated 4673 * DH IE through this interface. 4674 * 4675 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame 4676 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. 4677 * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific 4678 * This callback may sleep. 4679 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the 4680 * given TIDs. This callback may sleep. 4681 * 4682 * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings. 4683 * 4684 * @color_change: Initiate a color change. 4685 * 4686 * @set_fils_aad: Set FILS AAD data to the AP driver so that the driver can use 4687 * those to decrypt (Re)Association Request and encrypt (Re)Association 4688 * Response frame. 4689 * 4690 * @set_radar_background: Configure dedicated offchannel chain available for 4691 * radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used to transmit 4692 * or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. 4693 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime 4694 * switching to a different channel during CAC detection on the selected 4695 * radar channel. 4696 * The caller is expected to set chandef pointer to NULL in order to 4697 * disable background CAC/radar detection. 4698 * @add_link_station: Add a link to a station. 4699 * @mod_link_station: Modify a link of a station. 4700 * @del_link_station: Remove a link of a station. 4701 * 4702 * @set_hw_timestamp: Enable/disable HW timestamping of TM/FTM frames. 4703 * @set_ttlm: set the TID to link mapping. 4704 * @set_epcs: Enable/Disable EPCS for station mode. 4705 * @get_radio_mask: get bitmask of radios in use. 4706 * (invoked with the wiphy mutex held) 4707 * @assoc_ml_reconf: Request a non-AP MLO connection to perform ML 4708 * reconfiguration, i.e., add and/or remove links to/from the 4709 * association using ML reconfiguration action frames. Successfully added 4710 * links will be added to the set of valid links. Successfully removed 4711 * links will be removed from the set of valid links. The driver must 4712 * indicate removed links by calling cfg80211_links_removed() and added 4713 * links by calling cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done(). When calling 4714 * cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done() the bss pointer must be given for each 4715 * link for which MLO reconfiguration 'add' operation was requested. 4716 */ 4717 struct cfg80211_ops { 4718 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 4719 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4720 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 4721 4722 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4723 const char *name, 4724 unsigned char name_assign_type, 4725 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4726 struct vif_params *params); 4727 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4728 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4729 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4730 struct net_device *dev, 4731 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4732 struct vif_params *params); 4733 4734 int (*add_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4735 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4736 unsigned int link_id); 4737 void (*del_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4738 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4739 unsigned int link_id); 4740 4741 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4742 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4743 const u8 *mac_addr, struct key_params *params); 4744 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4745 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4746 const u8 *mac_addr, void *cookie, 4747 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 4748 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4749 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4750 const u8 *mac_addr); 4751 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4752 struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, 4753 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 4754 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4755 struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, 4756 u8 key_index); 4757 int (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4758 struct net_device *netdev, 4759 int link_id, 4760 u8 key_index); 4761 4762 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4763 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 4764 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4765 struct cfg80211_ap_update *info); 4766 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4767 unsigned int link_id); 4768 4769 4770 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4771 const u8 *mac, 4772 struct station_parameters *params); 4773 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4774 struct station_del_parameters *params); 4775 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4776 const u8 *mac, 4777 struct station_parameters *params); 4778 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4779 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4780 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4781 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4782 4783 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4784 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4785 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4786 const u8 *dst); 4787 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4788 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4789 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4790 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4791 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4792 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 4793 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4794 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4795 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4796 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4797 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 4798 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4799 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4800 struct net_device *dev, 4801 struct mesh_config *conf); 4802 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4803 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 4804 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 4805 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4806 const struct mesh_config *conf, 4807 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 4808 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4809 4810 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4811 struct ocb_setup *setup); 4812 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4813 4814 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4815 struct bss_parameters *params); 4816 4817 void (*inform_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 4818 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies *ies, void *data); 4819 4820 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4821 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 4822 4823 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4824 struct net_device *dev, 4825 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 4826 4827 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4828 struct net_device *dev, 4829 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4830 4831 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4832 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 4833 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4834 4835 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4836 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 4837 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4838 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 4839 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4840 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 4841 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4842 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 4843 4844 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4845 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 4846 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4847 struct net_device *dev, 4848 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 4849 u32 changed); 4850 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4851 u16 reason_code); 4852 4853 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4854 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 4855 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4856 4857 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4858 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 4859 4860 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, int radio_idx, 4861 u32 changed); 4862 4863 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4864 int radio_idx, 4865 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 4866 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4867 int radio_idx, unsigned int link_id, int *dbm); 4868 4869 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4870 4871 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 4872 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4873 void *data, int len); 4874 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 4875 struct netlink_callback *cb, 4876 void *data, int len); 4877 #endif 4878 4879 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4880 struct net_device *dev, 4881 unsigned int link_id, 4882 const u8 *peer, 4883 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 4884 4885 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4886 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 4887 4888 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4889 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 4890 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4891 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 4892 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 4893 4894 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4895 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4896 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 4897 unsigned int duration, 4898 u64 *cookie); 4899 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4900 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4901 u64 cookie); 4902 4903 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4904 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 4905 u64 *cookie); 4906 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4907 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4908 u64 cookie); 4909 4910 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4911 bool enabled, int timeout); 4912 4913 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4914 struct net_device *dev, 4915 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 4916 4917 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4918 struct net_device *dev, 4919 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 4920 4921 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4922 struct net_device *dev, 4923 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 4924 4925 void (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4926 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4927 struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd); 4928 4929 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, int radio_idx, 4930 u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 4931 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, int radio_idx, 4932 u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 4933 4934 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4935 struct net_device *dev, 4936 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 4937 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4938 u64 reqid); 4939 4940 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4941 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 4942 4943 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4944 const u8 *peer, int link_id, 4945 u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, u16 status_code, 4946 u32 peer_capability, bool initiator, 4947 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4948 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4949 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 4950 4951 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4952 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 4953 4954 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4955 struct net_device *dev, 4956 u16 noack_map); 4957 4958 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4959 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4960 unsigned int link_id, 4961 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4962 4963 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4964 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4965 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4966 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4967 4968 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4969 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 4970 4971 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4972 struct net_device *dev, 4973 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 4974 u32 cac_time_ms, int link_id); 4975 void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4976 struct net_device *dev, unsigned int link_id); 4977 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4978 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 4979 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4980 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4981 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 4982 u16 duration); 4983 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4984 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4985 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4986 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 4987 4988 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4989 struct net_device *dev, 4990 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 4991 4992 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4993 struct net_device *dev, 4994 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 4995 4996 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4997 unsigned int link_id, 4998 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4999 5000 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5001 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 5002 u16 admitted_time); 5003 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5004 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 5005 5006 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5007 struct net_device *dev, 5008 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 5009 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 5010 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5011 struct net_device *dev, 5012 const u8 *addr); 5013 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5014 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 5015 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 5016 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5017 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 5018 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5019 u64 cookie); 5020 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5021 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5022 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 5023 u32 changes); 5024 5025 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5026 struct net_device *dev, 5027 const bool enabled); 5028 5029 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5030 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5031 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 5032 5033 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5034 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 5035 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5036 const u8 *aa); 5037 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5038 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 5039 5040 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5041 struct net_device *dev, 5042 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 5043 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 5044 const bool noencrypt, int link_id, 5045 u64 *cookie); 5046 5047 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5048 struct net_device *dev, 5049 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 5050 5051 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5052 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 5053 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5054 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 5055 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5056 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); 5057 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5058 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5059 int (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5060 struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf); 5061 int (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5062 const u8 *peer, u8 tids); 5063 int (*set_sar_specs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5064 struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar); 5065 int (*color_change)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5066 struct net_device *dev, 5067 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings *params); 5068 int (*set_fils_aad)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5069 struct cfg80211_fils_aad *fils_aad); 5070 int (*set_radar_background)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5071 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 5072 int (*add_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5073 struct link_station_parameters *params); 5074 int (*mod_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5075 struct link_station_parameters *params); 5076 int (*del_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5077 struct link_station_del_parameters *params); 5078 int (*set_hw_timestamp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5079 struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp *hwts); 5080 int (*set_ttlm)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5081 struct cfg80211_ttlm_params *params); 5082 u32 (*get_radio_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 5083 int (*assoc_ml_reconf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5084 struct cfg80211_ml_reconf_req *req); 5085 int (*set_epcs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5086 bool val); 5087 }; 5088 5089 /* 5090 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 5091 * and registration/helper functions 5092 */ 5093 5094 /** 5095 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 5096 * 5097 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ: if set to true, the scan request will be split 5098 * into two, first for legacy bands and second for 6 GHz. 5099 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 5100 * wiphy at all 5101 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 5102 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 5103 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 5104 * reason to override the default 5105 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 5106 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of 5107 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. 5108 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 5109 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 5110 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 5111 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 5112 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 5113 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 5114 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 5115 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 5116 * firmware. 5117 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 5118 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 5119 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 5120 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 5121 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 5122 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 5123 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 5124 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 5125 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 5126 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 5127 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 5128 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 5129 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 5130 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 5131 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 5132 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. 5133 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 5134 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 5135 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys 5136 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO: This is a temporary flag gating the MLO APIs, 5137 * in order to not have them reachable in normal drivers, until we have 5138 * complete feature/interface combinations/etc. advertisement. No driver 5139 * should set this flag for now. 5140 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32: The device supports 32-byte KCK keys. 5141 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER: The device could handle reg notify for 5142 * NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER. 5143 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CHANNEL_CHANGE_ON_BEACON: reg_call_notifier() is called if driver 5144 * set this flag to update channels on beacon hints. 5145 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_NSTR_NONPRIMARY: support connection to non-primary link 5146 * of an NSTR mobile AP MLD. 5147 * @WIPHY_FLAG_DISABLE_WEXT: disable wireless extensions for this device 5148 */ 5149 enum wiphy_flags { 5150 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK = BIT(0), 5151 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO = BIT(1), 5152 WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ = BIT(2), 5153 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 5154 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 5155 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 5156 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 5157 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 5158 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 5159 WIPHY_FLAG_DISABLE_WEXT = BIT(9), 5160 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 5161 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32 = BIT(11), 5162 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_NSTR_NONPRIMARY = BIT(12), 5163 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 5164 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 5165 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 5166 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 5167 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 5168 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 5169 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 5170 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 5171 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 5172 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), 5173 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 5174 WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER = BIT(24), 5175 WIPHY_FLAG_CHANNEL_CHANGE_ON_BEACON = BIT(25), 5176 }; 5177 5178 /** 5179 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 5180 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 5181 * @types: interface types (bits) 5182 */ 5183 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 5184 u16 max; 5185 u16 types; 5186 }; 5187 5188 /** 5189 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 5190 * 5191 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 5192 * combinations it supports concurrently. When set in a struct wiphy_radio, 5193 * the combinations refer to combinations of interfaces currently active on 5194 * that radio. 5195 * 5196 * Examples: 5197 * 5198 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 5199 * 5200 * .. code-block:: c 5201 * 5202 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 5203 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 5204 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP), }, 5205 * }; 5206 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 5207 * .limits = limits1, 5208 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 5209 * .max_interfaces = 2, 5210 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 5211 * }; 5212 * 5213 * 5214 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 5215 * 5216 * .. code-block:: c 5217 * 5218 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 5219 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 5220 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 5221 * }; 5222 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 5223 * .limits = limits2, 5224 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 5225 * .max_interfaces = 8, 5226 * .num_different_channels = 1, 5227 * }; 5228 * 5229 * 5230 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 5231 * 5232 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 5233 * 5234 * .. code-block:: c 5235 * 5236 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 5237 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 5238 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 5239 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 5240 * }; 5241 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 5242 * .limits = limits3, 5243 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 5244 * .max_interfaces = 4, 5245 * .num_different_channels = 2, 5246 * }; 5247 * 5248 */ 5249 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 5250 /** 5251 * @limits: 5252 * limits for the given interface types 5253 */ 5254 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 5255 5256 /** 5257 * @num_different_channels: 5258 * can use up to this many different channels 5259 */ 5260 u32 num_different_channels; 5261 5262 /** 5263 * @max_interfaces: 5264 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 5265 */ 5266 u16 max_interfaces; 5267 5268 /** 5269 * @n_limits: 5270 * number of limitations 5271 */ 5272 u8 n_limits; 5273 5274 /** 5275 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 5276 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 5277 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 5278 */ 5279 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 5280 5281 /** 5282 * @radar_detect_widths: 5283 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 5284 */ 5285 u8 radar_detect_widths; 5286 5287 /** 5288 * @radar_detect_regions: 5289 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 5290 */ 5291 u8 radar_detect_regions; 5292 5293 /** 5294 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 5295 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 5296 * 5297 * = 0 5298 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 5299 * > 0 5300 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 5301 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 5302 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 5303 */ 5304 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 5305 }; 5306 5307 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 5308 u16 tx, rx; 5309 }; 5310 5311 /** 5312 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 5313 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 5314 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 5315 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 5316 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 5317 * packet should be preserved in that case 5318 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 5319 * (see nl80211.h) 5320 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 5321 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 5322 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 5323 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 5324 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 5325 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 5326 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 5327 */ 5328 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 5329 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 5330 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 5331 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 5332 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 5333 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 5334 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 5335 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 5336 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 5337 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 5338 }; 5339 5340 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 5341 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 5342 u32 data_payload_max; 5343 u32 data_interval_max; 5344 u32 wake_payload_max; 5345 bool seq; 5346 }; 5347 5348 /** 5349 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 5350 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 5351 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 5352 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 5353 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 5354 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 5355 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5356 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 5357 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 5358 * scheduled scans. 5359 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 5360 * details. 5361 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 5362 */ 5363 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 5364 u32 flags; 5365 int n_patterns; 5366 int pattern_max_len; 5367 int pattern_min_len; 5368 int max_pkt_offset; 5369 int max_nd_match_sets; 5370 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 5371 }; 5372 5373 /** 5374 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 5375 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 5376 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 5377 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 5378 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 5379 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 5380 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 5381 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5382 */ 5383 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 5384 int n_rules; 5385 int max_delay; 5386 int n_patterns; 5387 int pattern_max_len; 5388 int pattern_min_len; 5389 int max_pkt_offset; 5390 }; 5391 5392 /** 5393 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 5394 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 5395 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 5396 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 5397 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 5398 */ 5399 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 5400 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 5401 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 5402 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 5403 }; 5404 5405 /** 5406 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 5407 * 5408 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 5409 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 5410 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 5411 * 5412 */ 5413 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 5414 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 5415 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 5416 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 5417 }; 5418 5419 /** 5420 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 5421 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 5422 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 5423 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 5424 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 5425 */ 5426 5427 struct sta_opmode_info { 5428 u32 changed; 5429 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 5430 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 5431 u8 rx_nss; 5432 }; 5433 5434 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) 5435 5436 /** 5437 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 5438 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 5439 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 5440 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 5441 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 5442 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 5443 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 5444 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 5445 * dumpit calls. 5446 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 5447 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the 5448 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). 5449 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy 5450 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 5451 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 5452 * are used with dump requests. 5453 */ 5454 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 5455 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 5456 u32 flags; 5457 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5458 const void *data, int data_len); 5459 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5460 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 5461 unsigned long *storage); 5462 const struct nla_policy *policy; 5463 unsigned int maxattr; 5464 }; 5465 5466 /** 5467 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 5468 * @iftype: interface type 5469 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 5470 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 5471 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 5472 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 5473 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 5474 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 5475 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 5476 * @eml_capabilities: EML capabilities (for MLO) 5477 * @mld_capa_and_ops: MLD capabilities and operations (for MLO) 5478 */ 5479 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 5480 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 5481 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 5482 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 5483 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 5484 u16 eml_capabilities; 5485 u16 mld_capa_and_ops; 5486 }; 5487 5488 /** 5489 * cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa - lookup interface type extended capability 5490 * @wiphy: the wiphy to look up from 5491 * @type: the interface type to look up 5492 * 5493 * Return: The extended capability for the given interface @type, may be %NULL 5494 */ 5495 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab * 5496 cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype type); 5497 5498 /** 5499 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 5500 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 5501 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 5502 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 5503 * @ftm: FTM measurement data 5504 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 5505 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 5506 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 5507 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 5508 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 5509 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 5510 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 5511 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 5512 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 5513 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 5514 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 5515 * not limited) 5516 * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported 5517 * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 5518 */ 5519 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 5520 unsigned int max_peers; 5521 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 5522 randomize_mac_addr:1; 5523 5524 struct { 5525 u32 preambles; 5526 u32 bandwidths; 5527 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 5528 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 5529 u8 supported:1, 5530 asap:1, 5531 non_asap:1, 5532 request_lci:1, 5533 request_civicloc:1, 5534 trigger_based:1, 5535 non_trigger_based:1; 5536 } ftm; 5537 }; 5538 5539 /** 5540 * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm 5541 * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the 5542 * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites. 5543 * 5544 * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types 5545 * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites 5546 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 5547 */ 5548 struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites { 5549 u16 iftypes_mask; 5550 const u32 *akm_suites; 5551 int n_akm_suites; 5552 }; 5553 5554 /** 5555 * struct wiphy_radio_cfg - physical radio config of a wiphy 5556 * This structure describes the configurations of a physical radio in a 5557 * wiphy. It is used to denote per-radio attributes belonging to a wiphy. 5558 * 5559 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); 5560 * -1 (default) = RTS/CTS disabled 5561 */ 5562 struct wiphy_radio_cfg { 5563 u32 rts_threshold; 5564 }; 5565 5566 /** 5567 * struct wiphy_radio_freq_range - wiphy frequency range 5568 * @start_freq: start range edge frequency (kHz) 5569 * @end_freq: end range edge frequency (kHz) 5570 */ 5571 struct wiphy_radio_freq_range { 5572 u32 start_freq; 5573 u32 end_freq; 5574 }; 5575 5576 5577 /** 5578 * struct wiphy_radio - physical radio of a wiphy 5579 * This structure describes a physical radio belonging to a wiphy. 5580 * It is used to describe concurrent-channel capabilities. Only one channel 5581 * can be active on the radio described by struct wiphy_radio. 5582 * 5583 * @freq_range: frequency range that the radio can operate on. 5584 * @n_freq_range: number of elements in @freq_range 5585 * 5586 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 5587 * list single interface types. 5588 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 5589 * 5590 * @antenna_mask: bitmask of antennas connected to this radio. 5591 */ 5592 struct wiphy_radio { 5593 const struct wiphy_radio_freq_range *freq_range; 5594 int n_freq_range; 5595 5596 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 5597 int n_iface_combinations; 5598 5599 u32 antenna_mask; 5600 }; 5601 5602 #define CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS 0xffff 5603 5604 /** 5605 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 5606 * @mtx: mutex for the data (structures) of this device 5607 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 5608 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 5609 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 5610 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 5611 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 5612 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 5613 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 5614 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 5615 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 5616 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 5617 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if 5618 * the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in 5619 * iftype_akm_suites. 5620 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 5621 * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type. 5622 * Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot 5623 * overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all 5624 * instances of iftype_akm_suites). 5625 * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm 5626 * suites are specified separately. 5627 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 5628 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 5629 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 5630 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 5631 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 5632 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 5633 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 5634 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 5635 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 5636 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 5637 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 5638 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 5639 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 5640 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 5641 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 5642 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 5643 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 5644 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 5645 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 5646 * unregister hardware 5647 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>). 5648 * It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames 5649 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in 5650 * /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev() 5651 * (see below). 5652 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 5653 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 5654 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 5655 * must be set by driver 5656 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 5657 * list single interface types. 5658 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 5659 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 5660 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 5661 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 5662 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 5663 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 5664 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 5665 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 5666 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 5667 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 5668 * this variable determines its size 5669 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 5670 * any given scan 5671 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 5672 * the device can run concurrently. 5673 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 5674 * for in any given scheduled scan 5675 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 5676 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 5677 * supported. 5678 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 5679 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 5680 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 5681 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 5682 * scans 5683 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 5684 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 5685 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 5686 * single scan plan supported by the device. 5687 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 5688 * scan plan supported by the device. 5689 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 5690 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 5691 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 5692 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 5693 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 5694 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 5695 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 5696 * 5697 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 5698 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 5699 * type 5700 * 5701 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 5702 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 5703 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 5704 * 5705 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 5706 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 5707 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 5708 * 5709 * @probe_resp_offload: 5710 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 5711 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 5712 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 5713 * 5714 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 5715 * may request, if implemented. 5716 * 5717 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 5718 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 5719 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 5720 * to the suspend() operation instead. 5721 * 5722 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 5723 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 5724 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 5725 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 5726 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 5727 * 5728 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 5729 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 5730 * 5731 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 5732 * supports for ACL. 5733 * 5734 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 5735 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 5736 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 5737 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 5738 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 5739 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 5740 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 5741 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 5742 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 5743 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 5744 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 5745 * capabilities are specified separately. 5746 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 5747 * 5748 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 5749 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 5750 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 5751 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 5752 * 5753 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 5754 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 5755 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 5756 * some cases, but may not always reach. 5757 * 5758 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 5759 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 5760 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 5761 * infinite. 5762 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 5763 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 5764 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 5765 * 5766 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 5767 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 5768 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 5769 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 5770 * 5771 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 5772 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 5773 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 5774 * 5775 * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using 5776 * wake_tx_queue 5777 * 5778 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 5779 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 5780 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 5781 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 5782 * 5783 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 5784 * 5785 * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the 5786 * device has 5787 * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5788 * supported by the driver for each vif 5789 * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5790 * supported by the driver for each peer 5791 * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for 5792 * long/short retry configuration 5793 * 5794 * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for 5795 * configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and 5796 * %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes 5797 * @sar_capa: SAR control capabilities 5798 * @rfkill: a pointer to the rfkill structure 5799 * 5800 * @mbssid_max_interfaces: maximum number of interfaces supported by the driver 5801 * in a multiple BSSID set. This field must be set to a non-zero value 5802 * by the driver to advertise MBSSID support. 5803 * @ema_max_profile_periodicity: maximum profile periodicity supported by 5804 * the driver. Setting this field to a non-zero value indicates that the 5805 * driver supports enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP). 5806 * @max_num_akm_suites: maximum number of AKM suites allowed for 5807 * configuration through %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 5808 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP. Set to NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES if not set by 5809 * driver. If set by driver minimum allowed value is 5810 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES in order to avoid compatibility issues with 5811 * legacy userspace and maximum allowed value is 5812 * CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES. 5813 * 5814 * @hw_timestamp_max_peers: maximum number of peers that the driver supports 5815 * enabling HW timestamping for concurrently. Setting this field to a 5816 * non-zero value indicates that the driver supports HW timestamping. 5817 * A value of %CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS indicates the driver 5818 * supports enabling HW timestamping for all peers (i.e. no need to 5819 * specify a mac address). 5820 * 5821 * @radio_cfg: configuration of radios belonging to a muli-radio wiphy. This 5822 * struct contains a list of all radio specific attributes and should be 5823 * used only for multi-radio wiphy. 5824 * 5825 * @radio: radios belonging to this wiphy 5826 * @n_radio: number of radios 5827 */ 5828 struct wiphy { 5829 struct mutex mtx; 5830 5831 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 5832 5833 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 5834 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 5835 5836 struct mac_address *addresses; 5837 5838 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 5839 5840 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 5841 int n_iface_combinations; 5842 u16 software_iftypes; 5843 5844 u16 n_addresses; 5845 5846 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 5847 u16 interface_modes; 5848 5849 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 5850 5851 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 5852 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 5853 5854 u32 ap_sme_capa; 5855 5856 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 5857 5858 int bss_priv_size; 5859 u8 max_scan_ssids; 5860 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 5861 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 5862 u8 max_match_sets; 5863 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 5864 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 5865 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 5866 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 5867 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 5868 5869 int n_cipher_suites; 5870 const u32 *cipher_suites; 5871 5872 int n_akm_suites; 5873 const u32 *akm_suites; 5874 5875 const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites; 5876 unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites; 5877 5878 u8 retry_short; 5879 u8 retry_long; 5880 u32 frag_threshold; 5881 u32 rts_threshold; 5882 u8 coverage_class; 5883 5884 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 5885 u32 hw_version; 5886 5887 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 5888 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 5889 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 5890 #endif 5891 5892 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 5893 5894 u8 max_num_pmkids; 5895 5896 u32 available_antennas_tx; 5897 u32 available_antennas_rx; 5898 5899 u32 probe_resp_offload; 5900 5901 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 5902 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 5903 5904 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 5905 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 5906 5907 const void *privid; 5908 5909 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 5910 5911 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5912 struct regulatory_request *request); 5913 5914 struct wiphy_radio_cfg *radio_cfg; 5915 5916 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 5917 5918 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 5919 5920 struct device dev; 5921 5922 bool registered; 5923 5924 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 5925 5926 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 5927 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 5928 5929 struct list_head wdev_list; 5930 5931 possible_net_t _net; 5932 5933 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 5934 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 5935 #endif 5936 5937 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 5938 5939 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 5940 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 5941 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 5942 5943 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 5944 5945 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 5946 5947 u32 bss_select_support; 5948 5949 u8 nan_supported_bands; 5950 5951 u32 txq_limit; 5952 u32 txq_memory_limit; 5953 u32 txq_quantum; 5954 5955 unsigned long tx_queue_len; 5956 5957 u8 support_mbssid:1, 5958 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 5959 5960 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 5961 5962 struct { 5963 u64 peer, vif; 5964 u8 max_retry; 5965 } tid_config_support; 5966 5967 u8 max_data_retry_count; 5968 5969 const struct cfg80211_sar_capa *sar_capa; 5970 5971 struct rfkill *rfkill; 5972 5973 u8 mbssid_max_interfaces; 5974 u8 ema_max_profile_periodicity; 5975 u16 max_num_akm_suites; 5976 5977 u16 hw_timestamp_max_peers; 5978 5979 int n_radio; 5980 const struct wiphy_radio *radio; 5981 5982 char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 5983 }; 5984 5985 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5986 { 5987 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 5988 } 5989 5990 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 5991 { 5992 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 5993 } 5994 5995 /** 5996 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 5997 * 5998 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 5999 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 6000 */ 6001 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6002 { 6003 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 6004 return &wiphy->priv; 6005 } 6006 6007 /** 6008 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 6009 * 6010 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 6011 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 6012 */ 6013 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 6014 { 6015 BUG_ON(!priv); 6016 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 6017 } 6018 6019 /** 6020 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 6021 * 6022 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 6023 * @dev: The device to parent it to 6024 */ 6025 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 6026 { 6027 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 6028 } 6029 6030 /** 6031 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 6032 * 6033 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 6034 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 6035 */ 6036 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6037 { 6038 return wiphy->dev.parent; 6039 } 6040 6041 /** 6042 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 6043 * 6044 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 6045 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 6046 */ 6047 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 6048 { 6049 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 6050 } 6051 6052 /** 6053 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 6054 * 6055 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 6056 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 6057 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 6058 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 6059 * 6060 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 6061 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 6062 * 6063 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 6064 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 6065 */ 6066 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 6067 const char *requested_name); 6068 6069 /** 6070 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 6071 * 6072 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 6073 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 6074 * 6075 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 6076 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 6077 * 6078 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 6079 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 6080 */ 6081 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 6082 int sizeof_priv) 6083 { 6084 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 6085 } 6086 6087 /** 6088 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 6089 * 6090 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 6091 * 6092 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 6093 */ 6094 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6095 6096 /* this is a define for better error reporting (file/line) */ 6097 #define lockdep_assert_wiphy(wiphy) lockdep_assert_held(&(wiphy)->mtx) 6098 6099 /** 6100 * rcu_dereference_wiphy - rcu_dereference with debug checking 6101 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 6102 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 6103 * 6104 * Do an rcu_dereference(p), but check caller either holds rcu_read_lock() 6105 * or RTNL. Note: Please prefer wiphy_dereference() or rcu_dereference(). 6106 */ 6107 #define rcu_dereference_wiphy(wiphy, p) \ 6108 rcu_dereference_check(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 6109 6110 /** 6111 * wiphy_dereference - fetch RCU pointer when updates are prevented by wiphy mtx 6112 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 6113 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 6114 * 6115 * Return: the value of the specified RCU-protected pointer, but omit the 6116 * READ_ONCE(), because caller holds the wiphy mutex used for updates. 6117 */ 6118 #define wiphy_dereference(wiphy, p) \ 6119 rcu_dereference_protected(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 6120 6121 /** 6122 * get_wiphy_regdom - get custom regdomain for the given wiphy 6123 * @wiphy: the wiphy to get the regdomain from 6124 * 6125 * Context: Requires any of RTNL, wiphy mutex or RCU protection. 6126 * 6127 * Return: pointer to the regulatory domain associated with the wiphy 6128 */ 6129 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *get_wiphy_regdom(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6130 6131 /** 6132 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 6133 * 6134 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 6135 * 6136 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 6137 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 6138 * request that is being handled. 6139 */ 6140 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6141 6142 /** 6143 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 6144 * 6145 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 6146 */ 6147 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6148 6149 /* internal structs */ 6150 struct cfg80211_conn; 6151 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 6152 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 6153 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 6154 6155 /** 6156 * wiphy_lock - lock the wiphy 6157 * @wiphy: the wiphy to lock 6158 * 6159 * This is needed around registering and unregistering netdevs that 6160 * aren't created through cfg80211 calls, since that requires locking 6161 * in cfg80211 when the notifiers is called, but that cannot 6162 * differentiate which way it's called. 6163 * 6164 * It can also be used by drivers for their own purposes. 6165 * 6166 * When cfg80211 ops are called, the wiphy is already locked. 6167 * 6168 * Note that this makes sure that no workers that have been queued 6169 * with wiphy_queue_work() are running. 6170 */ 6171 static inline void wiphy_lock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6172 __acquires(&wiphy->mtx) 6173 { 6174 mutex_lock(&wiphy->mtx); 6175 __acquire(&wiphy->mtx); 6176 } 6177 6178 /** 6179 * wiphy_unlock - unlock the wiphy again 6180 * @wiphy: the wiphy to unlock 6181 */ 6182 static inline void wiphy_unlock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6183 __releases(&wiphy->mtx) 6184 { 6185 __release(&wiphy->mtx); 6186 mutex_unlock(&wiphy->mtx); 6187 } 6188 6189 DEFINE_GUARD(wiphy, struct wiphy *, 6190 mutex_lock(&_T->mtx), 6191 mutex_unlock(&_T->mtx)) 6192 6193 struct wiphy_work; 6194 typedef void (*wiphy_work_func_t)(struct wiphy *, struct wiphy_work *); 6195 6196 struct wiphy_work { 6197 struct list_head entry; 6198 wiphy_work_func_t func; 6199 }; 6200 6201 static inline void wiphy_work_init(struct wiphy_work *work, 6202 wiphy_work_func_t func) 6203 { 6204 INIT_LIST_HEAD(&work->entry); 6205 work->func = func; 6206 } 6207 6208 /** 6209 * wiphy_work_queue - queue work for the wiphy 6210 * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for 6211 * @work: the work item 6212 * 6213 * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work 6214 * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be 6215 * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running 6216 * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can 6217 * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires 6218 * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock(). 6219 */ 6220 void wiphy_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); 6221 6222 /** 6223 * wiphy_work_cancel - cancel previously queued work 6224 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6225 * @work: the work to cancel 6226 * 6227 * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being 6228 * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6229 */ 6230 void wiphy_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); 6231 6232 /** 6233 * wiphy_work_flush - flush previously queued work 6234 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6235 * @work: the work to flush, this can be %NULL to flush all work 6236 * 6237 * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called 6238 * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6239 */ 6240 void wiphy_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); 6241 6242 struct wiphy_delayed_work { 6243 struct wiphy_work work; 6244 struct wiphy *wiphy; 6245 struct timer_list timer; 6246 }; 6247 6248 void wiphy_delayed_work_timer(struct timer_list *t); 6249 6250 static inline void wiphy_delayed_work_init(struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork, 6251 wiphy_work_func_t func) 6252 { 6253 timer_setup(&dwork->timer, wiphy_delayed_work_timer, 0); 6254 wiphy_work_init(&dwork->work, func); 6255 } 6256 6257 /** 6258 * wiphy_delayed_work_queue - queue delayed work for the wiphy 6259 * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for 6260 * @dwork: the delayable worker 6261 * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing 6262 * 6263 * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work 6264 * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be 6265 * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running 6266 * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can 6267 * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires 6268 * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock(). 6269 */ 6270 void wiphy_delayed_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6271 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork, 6272 unsigned long delay); 6273 6274 /** 6275 * wiphy_delayed_work_cancel - cancel previously queued delayed work 6276 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6277 * @dwork: the delayed work to cancel 6278 * 6279 * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being 6280 * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6281 */ 6282 void wiphy_delayed_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6283 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); 6284 6285 /** 6286 * wiphy_delayed_work_flush - flush previously queued delayed work 6287 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6288 * @dwork: the delayed work to flush 6289 * 6290 * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called 6291 * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6292 */ 6293 void wiphy_delayed_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6294 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); 6295 6296 /** 6297 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending - Find out whether a wiphy delayable 6298 * work item is currently pending. 6299 * 6300 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6301 * @dwork: the delayed work in question 6302 * 6303 * Return: true if timer is pending, false otherwise 6304 * 6305 * How wiphy_delayed_work_queue() works is by setting a timer which 6306 * when it expires calls wiphy_work_queue() to queue the wiphy work. 6307 * Because wiphy_delayed_work_queue() uses mod_timer(), if it is 6308 * called twice and the second call happens before the first call 6309 * deadline, the work will rescheduled for the second deadline and 6310 * won't run before that. 6311 * 6312 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending() can be used to detect if calling 6313 * wiphy_work_delayed_work_queue() would start a new work schedule 6314 * or delayed a previous one. As seen below it cannot be used to 6315 * detect precisely if the work has finished to execute nor if it 6316 * is currently executing. 6317 * 6318 * CPU0 CPU1 6319 * wiphy_delayed_work_queue(wk) 6320 * mod_timer(wk->timer) 6321 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending(wk) -> true 6322 * 6323 * [...] 6324 * expire_timers(wk->timer) 6325 * detach_timer(wk->timer) 6326 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending(wk) -> false 6327 * wk->timer->function() | 6328 * wiphy_work_queue(wk) | delayed work pending 6329 * list_add_tail() | returns false but 6330 * queue_work(cfg80211_wiphy_work) | wk->func() has not 6331 * | been run yet 6332 * [...] | 6333 * cfg80211_wiphy_work() | 6334 * wk->func() V 6335 * 6336 */ 6337 bool wiphy_delayed_work_pending(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6338 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); 6339 6340 /** 6341 * enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power - regulatory power for an Access Point 6342 * 6343 * @IEEE80211_REG_UNSET_AP: Access Point has no regulatory power mode 6344 * @IEEE80211_REG_LPI_AP: Indoor Access Point 6345 * @IEEE80211_REG_SP_AP: Standard power Access Point 6346 * @IEEE80211_REG_VLP_AP: Very low power Access Point 6347 */ 6348 enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power { 6349 IEEE80211_REG_UNSET_AP, 6350 IEEE80211_REG_LPI_AP, 6351 IEEE80211_REG_SP_AP, 6352 IEEE80211_REG_VLP_AP, 6353 }; 6354 6355 /** 6356 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 6357 * 6358 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 6359 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 6360 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 6361 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 6362 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device, 6363 * however, drivers must lock the wiphy before registering or 6364 * unregistering netdevs if they pre-create any netdevs (in ops 6365 * called from cfg80211, the wiphy is already locked.) 6366 * 6367 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 6368 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 6369 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 6370 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 6371 * 6372 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 6373 * @iftype: interface type 6374 * @registered: is this wdev already registered with cfg80211 6375 * @registering: indicates we're doing registration under wiphy lock 6376 * for the notifier 6377 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 6378 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 6379 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 6380 * wireless device if it has no netdev 6381 * @u: union containing data specific to @iftype 6382 * @connected: indicates if connected or not (STA mode) 6383 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 6384 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 6385 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 6386 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 6387 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 6388 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 6389 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 6390 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 6391 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 6392 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 6393 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 6394 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 6395 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 6396 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 6397 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 6398 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 6399 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 6400 * @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated, 6401 * need to propagate the update to the driver 6402 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 6403 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 6404 * the P2P Device. 6405 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 6406 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 6407 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 6408 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) 6409 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 6410 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 6411 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 6412 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 6413 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 6414 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 6415 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 6416 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 6417 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 6418 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 6419 * @cqm_rssi_work: (private) CQM RSSI reporting work 6420 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 6421 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 6422 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 6423 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 6424 * @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last 6425 * unprotected beacon report 6426 * @links: array of %IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS elements containing @addr 6427 * @ap and @client for each link 6428 * @links.cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been 6429 * started 6430 * @links.cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was 6431 * entered. 6432 * @links.cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 6433 * @valid_links: bitmap describing what elements of @links are valid 6434 * @radio_mask: Bitmask of radios that this interface is allowed to operate on. 6435 */ 6436 struct wireless_dev { 6437 struct wiphy *wiphy; 6438 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 6439 6440 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 6441 struct list_head list; 6442 struct net_device *netdev; 6443 6444 u32 identifier; 6445 6446 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 6447 u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1; 6448 6449 bool use_4addr, is_running, registered, registering; 6450 6451 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 6452 6453 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 6454 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 6455 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 6456 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 6457 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 6458 6459 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 6460 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 6461 6462 struct list_head event_list; 6463 spinlock_t event_lock; 6464 6465 u8 connected:1; 6466 6467 bool ps; 6468 int ps_timeout; 6469 6470 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; 6471 6472 u32 owner_nlportid; 6473 bool nl_owner_dead; 6474 6475 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 6476 /* wext data */ 6477 struct { 6478 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 6479 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 6480 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 6481 const u8 *ie; 6482 size_t ie_len; 6483 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 6484 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 6485 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6486 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 6487 bool prev_bssid_valid; 6488 } wext; 6489 #endif 6490 6491 struct wiphy_work cqm_rssi_work; 6492 struct cfg80211_cqm_config __rcu *cqm_config; 6493 6494 struct list_head pmsr_list; 6495 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 6496 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 6497 6498 unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported; 6499 6500 union { 6501 struct { 6502 u8 connected_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 6503 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6504 u8 ssid_len; 6505 } client; 6506 struct { 6507 int beacon_interval; 6508 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 6509 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6510 u8 id[IEEE80211_MAX_MESH_ID_LEN]; 6511 u8 id_len, id_up_len; 6512 } mesh; 6513 struct { 6514 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 6515 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6516 u8 ssid_len; 6517 } ap; 6518 struct { 6519 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; 6520 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6521 int beacon_interval; 6522 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6523 u8 ssid_len; 6524 } ibss; 6525 struct { 6526 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6527 } ocb; 6528 } u; 6529 6530 struct { 6531 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 6532 union { 6533 struct { 6534 unsigned int beacon_interval; 6535 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6536 } ap; 6537 struct { 6538 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; 6539 } client; 6540 }; 6541 6542 bool cac_started; 6543 unsigned long cac_start_time; 6544 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 6545 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 6546 u16 valid_links; 6547 6548 u32 radio_mask; 6549 }; 6550 6551 static inline const u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 6552 { 6553 if (wdev->netdev) 6554 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 6555 return wdev->address; 6556 } 6557 6558 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 6559 { 6560 if (wdev->netdev) 6561 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 6562 return wdev->is_running; 6563 } 6564 6565 /** 6566 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 6567 * 6568 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 6569 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 6570 */ 6571 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 6572 { 6573 BUG_ON(!wdev); 6574 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 6575 } 6576 6577 /** 6578 * wdev_chandef - return chandef pointer from wireless_dev 6579 * @wdev: the wdev 6580 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO 6581 * 6582 * Return: The chandef depending on the mode, or %NULL. 6583 */ 6584 struct cfg80211_chan_def *wdev_chandef(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6585 unsigned int link_id); 6586 6587 static inline void WARN_INVALID_LINK_ID(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6588 unsigned int link_id) 6589 { 6590 WARN_ON(link_id && !wdev->valid_links); 6591 WARN_ON(wdev->valid_links && 6592 !(wdev->valid_links & BIT(link_id))); 6593 } 6594 6595 #define for_each_valid_link(link_info, link_id) \ 6596 for (link_id = 0; \ 6597 link_id < ((link_info)->valid_links ? \ 6598 ARRAY_SIZE((link_info)->links) : 1); \ 6599 link_id++) \ 6600 if (!(link_info)->valid_links || \ 6601 ((link_info)->valid_links & BIT(link_id))) 6602 6603 /** 6604 * DOC: Utility functions 6605 * 6606 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 6607 */ 6608 6609 /** 6610 * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel 6611 * 6612 * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel 6613 * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel 6614 * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b 6615 */ 6616 static inline bool 6617 ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a, 6618 struct ieee80211_channel *b) 6619 { 6620 return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq && 6621 a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset); 6622 } 6623 6624 /** 6625 * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz 6626 * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert 6627 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz) 6628 */ 6629 static inline u32 6630 ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 6631 { 6632 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset; 6633 } 6634 6635 /** 6636 * ieee80211_s1g_channel_width - get allowed channel width from @chan 6637 * 6638 * Only allowed for band NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ 6639 * @chan: channel 6640 * Return: The allowed channel width for this center_freq 6641 */ 6642 enum nl80211_chan_width 6643 ieee80211_s1g_channel_width(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 6644 6645 /** 6646 * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency 6647 * @chan: channel number 6648 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 6649 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 6650 */ 6651 u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 6652 6653 /** 6654 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 6655 * @chan: channel number 6656 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 6657 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 6658 */ 6659 static inline int 6660 ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band) 6661 { 6662 return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band)); 6663 } 6664 6665 /** 6666 * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 6667 * @freq: center frequency in KHz 6668 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 6669 */ 6670 int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq); 6671 6672 /** 6673 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 6674 * @freq: center frequency in MHz 6675 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 6676 */ 6677 static inline int 6678 ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq) 6679 { 6680 return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 6681 } 6682 6683 /** 6684 * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified 6685 * frequency 6686 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 6687 * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel 6688 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 6689 */ 6690 struct ieee80211_channel * 6691 ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq); 6692 6693 /** 6694 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 6695 * 6696 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 6697 * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel 6698 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 6699 */ 6700 static inline struct ieee80211_channel * 6701 ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq) 6702 { 6703 return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 6704 } 6705 6706 /** 6707 * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC 6708 * @chan: control channel to check 6709 * 6710 * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in 6711 * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3 6712 * 6713 * Return: %true if channel is a PSC, %false otherwise 6714 */ 6715 static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 6716 { 6717 if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ) 6718 return false; 6719 6720 return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5; 6721 } 6722 6723 /** 6724 * cfg80211_radio_chandef_valid - Check if the radio supports the chandef 6725 * 6726 * @radio: wiphy radio 6727 * @chandef: chandef for current channel 6728 * 6729 * Return: whether or not the given chandef is valid for the given radio 6730 */ 6731 bool cfg80211_radio_chandef_valid(const struct wiphy_radio *radio, 6732 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 6733 6734 /** 6735 * cfg80211_wdev_channel_allowed - Check if the wdev may use the channel 6736 * 6737 * @wdev: the wireless device 6738 * @chan: channel to check 6739 * 6740 * Return: whether or not the wdev may use the channel 6741 */ 6742 bool cfg80211_wdev_channel_allowed(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6743 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 6744 6745 /** 6746 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 6747 * 6748 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 6749 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 6750 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 6751 * 6752 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 6753 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 6754 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 6755 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 6756 */ 6757 const struct ieee80211_rate * 6758 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 6759 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 6760 6761 /** 6762 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 6763 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 6764 * 6765 * Return: a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given band, bits 6766 * are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 6767 */ 6768 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband); 6769 6770 /* 6771 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 6772 * 6773 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 6774 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst 6775 */ 6776 6777 struct radiotap_align_size { 6778 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 6779 }; 6780 6781 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 6782 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 6783 int n_bits; 6784 uint32_t oui; 6785 uint8_t subns; 6786 }; 6787 6788 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 6789 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 6790 int n_ns; 6791 }; 6792 6793 /** 6794 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 6795 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 6796 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 6797 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 6798 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 6799 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 6800 * the beginning of the actual data portion 6801 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 6802 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 6803 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 6804 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 6805 * radiotap namespace or not 6806 * 6807 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 6808 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 6809 * @_arg_index: next argument index 6810 * @_arg: next argument pointer 6811 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 6812 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 6813 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 6814 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 6815 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 6816 * next bitmap word 6817 * 6818 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 6819 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 6820 */ 6821 6822 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 6823 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 6824 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 6825 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 6826 6827 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 6828 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 6829 6830 unsigned char *this_arg; 6831 int this_arg_index; 6832 int this_arg_size; 6833 6834 int is_radiotap_ns; 6835 6836 int _max_length; 6837 int _arg_index; 6838 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 6839 int _reset_on_ext; 6840 }; 6841 6842 int 6843 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 6844 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 6845 int max_length, 6846 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 6847 6848 int 6849 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 6850 6851 6852 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 6853 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 6854 6855 /** 6856 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 6857 * 6858 * @skb: the frame 6859 * 6860 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 6861 * returns the 802.11 header length. 6862 * 6863 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 6864 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 6865 * 802.11 header. 6866 */ 6867 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 6868 6869 /** 6870 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 6871 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 6872 * Return: The header length in bytes. 6873 */ 6874 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 6875 6876 /** 6877 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 6878 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 6879 * (first byte) will be accessed 6880 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 6881 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 6882 */ 6883 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 6884 6885 /** 6886 * DOC: Data path helpers 6887 * 6888 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 6889 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 6890 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 6891 */ 6892 6893 /** 6894 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 6895 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 6896 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 6897 * of it being pushed into the SKB 6898 * @addr: the device MAC address 6899 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 6900 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 6901 * @is_amsdu: true if the 802.11 header is A-MSDU 6902 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 6903 */ 6904 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 6905 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 6906 u8 data_offset, bool is_amsdu); 6907 6908 /** 6909 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 6910 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 6911 * @addr: the device MAC address 6912 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 6913 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 6914 */ 6915 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 6916 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 6917 { 6918 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0, false); 6919 } 6920 6921 /** 6922 * ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu - check if subframe lengths of an A-MSDU are valid 6923 * 6924 * This is used to detect non-standard A-MSDU frames, e.g. the ones generated 6925 * by ath10k and ath11k, where the subframe length includes the length of the 6926 * mesh control field. 6927 * 6928 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 6929 * @mesh_hdr: the type of mesh header to test 6930 * 0: non-mesh A-MSDU length field 6931 * 1: big-endian mesh A-MSDU length field 6932 * 2: little-endian mesh A-MSDU length field 6933 * Returns: true if subframe header lengths are valid for the @mesh_hdr mode 6934 */ 6935 bool ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 mesh_hdr); 6936 6937 /** 6938 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 6939 * 6940 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 6941 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 6942 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 6943 * 6944 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 6945 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 6946 * initialized by the caller. 6947 * @addr: The device MAC address. 6948 * @iftype: The device interface type. 6949 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 6950 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 6951 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 6952 * @mesh_control: see mesh_hdr in ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu 6953 */ 6954 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 6955 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 6956 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 6957 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa, 6958 u8 mesh_control); 6959 6960 /** 6961 * ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto - get RFC1042 or bridge tunnel encap protocol 6962 * 6963 * Check for RFC1042 or bridge tunnel header and fetch the encapsulated 6964 * protocol. 6965 * 6966 * @hdr: pointer to the MSDU payload 6967 * @proto: destination pointer to store the protocol 6968 * Return: true if encapsulation was found 6969 */ 6970 bool ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto(const void *hdr, __be16 *proto); 6971 6972 /** 6973 * ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr - strip mesh header from converted 802.3 frames 6974 * 6975 * Strip the mesh header, which was left in by ieee80211_data_to_8023 as part 6976 * of the MSDU data. Also move any source/destination addresses from the mesh 6977 * header to the ethernet header (if present). 6978 * 6979 * @skb: The 802.3 frame with embedded mesh header 6980 * 6981 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 6982 */ 6983 int ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr(struct sk_buff *skb); 6984 6985 /** 6986 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 6987 * @skb: the data frame 6988 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 6989 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 6990 */ 6991 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 6992 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 6993 6994 /** 6995 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 6996 * 6997 * @eid: element ID 6998 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6999 * @len: length of data 7000 * @match: byte array to match 7001 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 7002 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 7003 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 7004 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 7005 * the data portion instead. 7006 * 7007 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 7008 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7009 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 7010 * requested element struct. 7011 * 7012 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7013 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 7014 * byte array to match. 7015 */ 7016 const struct element * 7017 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 7018 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 7019 unsigned int match_offset); 7020 7021 /** 7022 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 7023 * 7024 * @eid: element ID 7025 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7026 * @len: length of data 7027 * @match: byte array to match 7028 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 7029 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 7030 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 7031 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 7032 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 7033 * the second byte is the IE length. 7034 * 7035 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 7036 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7037 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 7038 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 7039 * element ID. 7040 * 7041 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7042 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 7043 * byte array to match. 7044 */ 7045 static inline const u8 * 7046 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 7047 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 7048 unsigned int match_offset) 7049 { 7050 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 7051 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 7052 */ 7053 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 7054 (!match_len && match_offset))) 7055 return NULL; 7056 7057 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 7058 match, match_len, 7059 match_offset ? 7060 match_offset - 2 : 0); 7061 } 7062 7063 /** 7064 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 7065 * 7066 * @eid: element ID 7067 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7068 * @len: length of data 7069 * 7070 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 7071 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7072 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 7073 * requested element struct. 7074 * 7075 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7076 * having to fit into the given data. 7077 */ 7078 static inline const struct element * 7079 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 7080 { 7081 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 7082 } 7083 7084 /** 7085 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 7086 * 7087 * @eid: element ID 7088 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7089 * @len: length of data 7090 * 7091 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 7092 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7093 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 7094 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 7095 * 7096 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7097 * having to fit into the given data. 7098 */ 7099 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 7100 { 7101 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 7102 } 7103 7104 /** 7105 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 7106 * 7107 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 7108 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7109 * @len: length of data 7110 * 7111 * Return: %NULL if the extended element could not be found or if 7112 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7113 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 7114 * requested element struct. 7115 * 7116 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7117 * having to fit into the given data. 7118 */ 7119 static inline const struct element * 7120 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 7121 { 7122 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 7123 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 7124 } 7125 7126 /** 7127 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 7128 * 7129 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 7130 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7131 * @len: length of data 7132 * 7133 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 7134 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7135 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 7136 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 7137 * 7138 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7139 * having to fit into the given data. 7140 */ 7141 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 7142 { 7143 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 7144 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 7145 } 7146 7147 /** 7148 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 7149 * 7150 * @oui: vendor OUI 7151 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 7152 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7153 * @len: length of data 7154 * 7155 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 7156 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 7157 * return the element structure for the requested element. 7158 * 7159 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 7160 * the given data. 7161 */ 7162 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 7163 const u8 *ies, 7164 unsigned int len); 7165 7166 /** 7167 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 7168 * 7169 * @oui: vendor OUI 7170 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 7171 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7172 * @len: length of data 7173 * 7174 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 7175 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 7176 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 7177 * element ID. 7178 * 7179 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 7180 * the given data. 7181 */ 7182 static inline const u8 * 7183 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 7184 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 7185 { 7186 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 7187 } 7188 7189 /** 7190 * enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret - reduced neighbor report iteration state 7191 * @RNR_ITER_CONTINUE: continue iterating with the next entry 7192 * @RNR_ITER_BREAK: break iteration and return success 7193 * @RNR_ITER_ERROR: break iteration and return error 7194 */ 7195 enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret { 7196 RNR_ITER_CONTINUE, 7197 RNR_ITER_BREAK, 7198 RNR_ITER_ERROR, 7199 }; 7200 7201 /** 7202 * cfg80211_iter_rnr - iterate reduced neighbor report entries 7203 * @elems: the frame elements to iterate RNR elements and then 7204 * their entries in 7205 * @elems_len: length of the elements 7206 * @iter: iteration function, see also &enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret 7207 * for the return value 7208 * @iter_data: additional data passed to the iteration function 7209 * Return: %true on success (after successfully iterating all entries 7210 * or if the iteration function returned %RNR_ITER_BREAK), 7211 * %false on error (iteration function returned %RNR_ITER_ERROR 7212 * or elements were malformed.) 7213 */ 7214 bool cfg80211_iter_rnr(const u8 *elems, size_t elems_len, 7215 enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret 7216 (*iter)(void *data, u8 type, 7217 const struct ieee80211_neighbor_ap_info *info, 7218 const u8 *tbtt_info, u8 tbtt_info_len), 7219 void *iter_data); 7220 7221 /** 7222 * cfg80211_defragment_element - Defrag the given element data into a buffer 7223 * 7224 * @elem: the element to defragment 7225 * @ies: elements where @elem is contained 7226 * @ieslen: length of @ies 7227 * @data: buffer to store element data, or %NULL to just determine size 7228 * @data_len: length of @data, or 0 7229 * @frag_id: the element ID of fragments 7230 * 7231 * Return: length of @data, or -EINVAL on error 7232 * 7233 * Copy out all data from an element that may be fragmented into @data, while 7234 * skipping all headers. 7235 * 7236 * The function uses memmove() internally. It is acceptable to defragment an 7237 * element in-place. 7238 */ 7239 ssize_t cfg80211_defragment_element(const struct element *elem, const u8 *ies, 7240 size_t ieslen, u8 *data, size_t data_len, 7241 u8 frag_id); 7242 7243 /** 7244 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 7245 * 7246 * @dev: network device 7247 * @addr: STA MAC address 7248 * 7249 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 7250 * devices upon STA association. 7251 */ 7252 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 7253 7254 /** 7255 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 7256 * 7257 * TODO 7258 */ 7259 7260 /** 7261 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 7262 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 7263 * conflicts) 7264 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 7265 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 7266 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 7267 * alpha2. 7268 * 7269 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 7270 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 7271 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 7272 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 7273 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 7274 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 7275 * 7276 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 7277 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 7278 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 7279 * 7280 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 7281 * an -ENOMEM. 7282 * 7283 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 7284 */ 7285 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 7286 7287 /** 7288 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 7289 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 7290 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 7291 * 7292 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 7293 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 7294 * information. 7295 * 7296 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 7297 */ 7298 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7299 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 7300 7301 /** 7302 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync - set regdom for self-managed drivers 7303 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 7304 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 7305 * 7306 * This functions requires the RTNL and the wiphy mutex to be held and 7307 * applies the new regdomain synchronously to this wiphy. For more details 7308 * see regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 7309 * 7310 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 7311 */ 7312 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7313 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 7314 7315 /** 7316 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 7317 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 7318 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 7319 * 7320 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 7321 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 7322 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 7323 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 7324 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 7325 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 7326 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 7327 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 7328 * that called this helper. 7329 */ 7330 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7331 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 7332 7333 /** 7334 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 7335 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 7336 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 7337 * 7338 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 7339 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 7340 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 7341 * and processed already. 7342 * 7343 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 7344 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 7345 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 7346 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 7347 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 7348 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 7349 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 7350 */ 7351 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7352 u32 center_freq); 7353 7354 /** 7355 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 7356 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 7357 * 7358 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 7359 * proper string representation. 7360 * 7361 * Return: pointer to string representation of the initiator 7362 */ 7363 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 7364 7365 /** 7366 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom 7367 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked. 7368 * 7369 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI). 7370 * 7371 * Return: %true if allowed, %false otherwise 7372 */ 7373 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7374 7375 /** 7376 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 7377 * 7378 */ 7379 7380 /** 7381 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 7382 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 7383 * 7384 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 7385 * @freq: the frequency (in MHz) to be queried. 7386 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 7387 * 7388 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 7389 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 7390 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 7391 * 7392 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 7393 * an -ENODATA. 7394 * 7395 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 7396 */ 7397 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 7398 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 7399 7400 /* 7401 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 7402 * functions and BSS handling helpers 7403 */ 7404 7405 /** 7406 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 7407 * 7408 * @request: the corresponding scan request 7409 * @info: information about the completed scan 7410 */ 7411 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 7412 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 7413 7414 /** 7415 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 7416 * 7417 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 7418 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 7419 */ 7420 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 7421 7422 /** 7423 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 7424 * 7425 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 7426 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 7427 * 7428 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 7429 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 7430 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 7431 */ 7432 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 7433 7434 /** 7435 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 7436 * 7437 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 7438 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 7439 * 7440 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 7441 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 7442 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 7443 * This function should be called with the wiphy mutex held. 7444 */ 7445 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 7446 7447 /** 7448 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 7449 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 7450 * @data: the BSS metadata 7451 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 7452 * @len: length of the management frame 7453 * @gfp: context flags 7454 * 7455 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 7456 * the BSS should be updated/added. 7457 * 7458 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 7459 * Or %NULL on error. 7460 */ 7461 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7462 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7463 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 7464 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 7465 gfp_t gfp); 7466 7467 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7468 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7469 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 7470 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 7471 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 7472 { 7473 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 7474 .chan = rx_channel, 7475 .signal = signal, 7476 }; 7477 7478 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 7479 } 7480 7481 /** 7482 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 7483 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 7484 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 7485 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 7486 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 7487 */ 7488 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 7489 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 7490 { 7491 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 7492 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 7493 u64 new_bssid_u64; 7494 7495 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 7496 7497 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 7498 7499 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 7500 } 7501 7502 /** 7503 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited 7504 * @element: element to check 7505 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element 7506 * 7507 * Return: %true if should be inherited, %false otherwise 7508 */ 7509 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, 7510 const struct element *non_inherit_element); 7511 7512 /** 7513 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs 7514 * @ie: ies 7515 * @ielen: length of IEs 7516 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element 7517 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) 7518 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile 7519 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length 7520 * 7521 * Return: the number of bytes merged 7522 */ 7523 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7524 const struct element *mbssid_elem, 7525 const struct element *sub_elem, 7526 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); 7527 7528 /** 7529 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 7530 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 7531 * from a beacon or probe response 7532 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 7533 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 7534 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_S1G_BEACON: data comes from an S1G beacon 7535 */ 7536 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 7537 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 7538 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 7539 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 7540 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_S1G_BEACON, 7541 }; 7542 7543 /** 7544 * cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number - returns the channel number from ies 7545 * @ie: IEs 7546 * @ielen: length of IEs 7547 * @band: enum nl80211_band of the channel 7548 * 7549 * Return: the channel number, or -1 if none could be determined. 7550 */ 7551 int cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7552 enum nl80211_band band); 7553 7554 /** 7555 * cfg80211_ssid_eq - compare two SSIDs 7556 * @a: first SSID 7557 * @b: second SSID 7558 * 7559 * Return: %true if SSIDs are equal, %false otherwise. 7560 */ 7561 static inline bool 7562 cfg80211_ssid_eq(struct cfg80211_ssid *a, struct cfg80211_ssid *b) 7563 { 7564 if (WARN_ON(!a || !b)) 7565 return false; 7566 if (a->ssid_len != b->ssid_len) 7567 return false; 7568 return memcmp(a->ssid, b->ssid, a->ssid_len) ? false : true; 7569 } 7570 7571 /** 7572 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 7573 * 7574 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 7575 * @data: the BSS metadata 7576 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 7577 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 7578 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 7579 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 7580 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 7581 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 7582 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 7583 * @gfp: context flags 7584 * 7585 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 7586 * the BSS should be updated/added. 7587 * 7588 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 7589 * Or %NULL on error. 7590 */ 7591 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7592 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7593 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 7594 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 7595 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 7596 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7597 gfp_t gfp); 7598 7599 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7600 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7601 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 7602 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 7603 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 7604 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7605 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 7606 { 7607 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 7608 .chan = rx_channel, 7609 .signal = signal, 7610 }; 7611 7612 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 7613 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 7614 gfp); 7615 } 7616 7617 /** 7618 * __cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 7619 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7620 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 7621 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 7622 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 7623 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 7624 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 7625 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 7626 * @use_for: indicates which use is intended 7627 * 7628 * Return: Reference-counted BSS on success. %NULL on error. 7629 */ 7630 struct cfg80211_bss *__cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7631 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 7632 const u8 *bssid, 7633 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 7634 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 7635 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy, 7636 u32 use_for); 7637 7638 /** 7639 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 7640 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7641 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 7642 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 7643 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 7644 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 7645 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 7646 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 7647 * 7648 * This version implies regular usage, %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL. 7649 * 7650 * Return: Reference-counted BSS on success. %NULL on error. 7651 */ 7652 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 7653 cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 7654 const u8 *bssid, const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 7655 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 7656 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy) 7657 { 7658 return __cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, bssid, ssid, ssid_len, 7659 bss_type, privacy, 7660 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL); 7661 } 7662 7663 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 7664 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7665 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 7666 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 7667 { 7668 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 7669 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 7670 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 7671 } 7672 7673 /** 7674 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 7675 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7676 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 7677 * 7678 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 7679 */ 7680 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 7681 7682 /** 7683 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 7684 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7685 * @bss: the BSS struct 7686 * 7687 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 7688 */ 7689 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 7690 7691 /** 7692 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 7693 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7694 * @bss: the bss to remove 7695 * 7696 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 7697 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 7698 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 7699 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 7700 */ 7701 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 7702 7703 /** 7704 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries 7705 * 7706 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy 7707 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not 7708 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. 7709 * 7710 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7711 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel 7712 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. 7713 * @iter: the iterator function to call 7714 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function 7715 */ 7716 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7717 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7718 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7719 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 7720 void *data), 7721 void *iter_data); 7722 7723 /** 7724 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 7725 * @dev: network device 7726 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 7727 * @len: length of the frame data 7728 * 7729 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 7730 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 7731 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 7732 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 7733 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 7734 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 7735 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 7736 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 7737 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 7738 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 7739 * 7740 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 7741 */ 7742 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 7743 7744 /** 7745 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 7746 * @dev: network device 7747 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 7748 * 7749 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 7750 * mutex. 7751 */ 7752 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 7753 7754 /** 7755 * struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data - association response data 7756 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 7757 * @len: length of the frame data 7758 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 7759 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 7760 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 7761 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 7762 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address (in case of MLO) 7763 * @links: per-link information indexed by link ID, use links[0] for 7764 * non-MLO connections 7765 * @links.bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the 7766 * pointer moves to cfg80211 in the call to cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp() 7767 * @links.status: Set this (along with a BSS pointer) for links that 7768 * were rejected by the AP. 7769 */ 7770 struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data { 7771 const u8 *buf; 7772 size_t len; 7773 const u8 *req_ies; 7774 size_t req_ies_len; 7775 int uapsd_queues; 7776 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7777 struct { 7778 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 7779 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 7780 u16 status; 7781 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7782 }; 7783 7784 /** 7785 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 7786 * @dev: network device 7787 * @data: association response data, &struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data 7788 * 7789 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 7790 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 7791 * 7792 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 7793 */ 7794 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 7795 const struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data *data); 7796 7797 /** 7798 * struct cfg80211_assoc_failure - association failure data 7799 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address, or %NULL 7800 * @bss: list of BSSes, must use entry 0 for non-MLO connections 7801 * (@ap_mld_addr is %NULL) 7802 * @timeout: indicates the association failed due to timeout, otherwise 7803 * the association was abandoned for a reason reported through some 7804 * other API (e.g. deauth RX) 7805 */ 7806 struct cfg80211_assoc_failure { 7807 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7808 struct cfg80211_bss *bss[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7809 bool timeout; 7810 }; 7811 7812 /** 7813 * cfg80211_assoc_failure - notification of association failure 7814 * @dev: network device 7815 * @data: data describing the association failure 7816 * 7817 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 7818 */ 7819 void cfg80211_assoc_failure(struct net_device *dev, 7820 struct cfg80211_assoc_failure *data); 7821 7822 /** 7823 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 7824 * @dev: network device 7825 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 7826 * @len: length of the frame data 7827 * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired (include the nl80211 attribute) 7828 * 7829 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 7830 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 7831 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 7832 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 7833 */ 7834 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 7835 bool reconnect); 7836 7837 /** 7838 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 7839 * @dev: network device 7840 * @buf: received management frame (header + body) 7841 * @len: length of the frame data 7842 * 7843 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 7844 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 7845 * frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon 7846 * frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while 7847 * beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 7848 * 7849 * This function may sleep. 7850 */ 7851 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 7852 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 7853 7854 /** 7855 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 7856 * @dev: network device 7857 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 7858 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 7859 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 7860 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 7861 * @gfp: allocation flags 7862 * 7863 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 7864 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 7865 * primitive. 7866 */ 7867 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 7868 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 7869 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 7870 7871 /** 7872 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 7873 * 7874 * @dev: network device 7875 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 7876 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 7877 * @gfp: allocation flags 7878 * 7879 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 7880 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 7881 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 7882 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 7883 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 7884 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 7885 */ 7886 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7887 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 7888 7889 /** 7890 * cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer 7891 * candidate 7892 * 7893 * @dev: network device 7894 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 7895 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 7896 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 7897 * @sig_dbm: signal level in dBm 7898 * @gfp: allocation flags 7899 * 7900 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 7901 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 7902 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 7903 */ 7904 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 7905 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, 7906 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 7907 7908 /** 7909 * DOC: RFkill integration 7910 * 7911 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 7912 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 7913 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 7914 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off. Drivers are 7915 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 7916 * 7917 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 7918 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 7919 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 7920 */ 7921 7922 /** 7923 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 7924 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7925 * @blocked: block status 7926 * @reason: one of reasons in &enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons 7927 */ 7928 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked, 7929 enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons reason); 7930 7931 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked) 7932 { 7933 wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(wiphy, blocked, 7934 RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_SIGNAL); 7935 } 7936 7937 /** 7938 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 7939 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7940 */ 7941 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7942 7943 /** 7944 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 7945 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7946 */ 7947 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy) 7948 { 7949 rfkill_pause_polling(wiphy->rfkill); 7950 } 7951 7952 /** 7953 * DOC: Vendor commands 7954 * 7955 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 7956 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 7957 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 7958 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 7959 * the configuration mechanism. 7960 * 7961 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 7962 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one. Each command has an 7963 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 7964 * 7965 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 7966 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 7967 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 7968 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 7969 * managers etc. need. 7970 */ 7971 7972 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7973 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 7974 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 7975 int approxlen); 7976 7977 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7978 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7979 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 7980 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 7981 unsigned int portid, 7982 int vendor_event_idx, 7983 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 7984 7985 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 7986 7987 /** 7988 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 7989 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7990 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7991 * be put into the skb 7992 * 7993 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 7994 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 7995 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 7996 * 7997 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 7998 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 7999 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 8000 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 8001 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 8002 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 8003 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 8004 * 8005 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 8006 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 8007 * 8008 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8009 */ 8010 static inline struct sk_buff * 8011 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 8012 { 8013 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 8014 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 8015 } 8016 8017 /** 8018 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 8019 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 8020 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 8021 * 8022 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 8023 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 8024 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 8025 * skb regardless of the return value. 8026 * 8027 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 8028 */ 8029 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 8030 8031 /** 8032 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender - get the current sender netlink ID 8033 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8034 * 8035 * Return: the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 8036 * 8037 * Context: May only be called from a vendor command handler 8038 */ 8039 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8040 8041 /** 8042 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 8043 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8044 * @wdev: the wireless device 8045 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 8046 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8047 * be put into the skb 8048 * @gfp: allocation flags 8049 * 8050 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 8051 * vendor-specific multicast group. 8052 * 8053 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 8054 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 8055 * attribute. 8056 * 8057 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 8058 * skb to send the event. 8059 * 8060 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8061 */ 8062 static inline struct sk_buff * 8063 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8064 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 8065 { 8066 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 8067 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 8068 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 8069 } 8070 8071 /** 8072 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 8073 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8074 * @wdev: the wireless device 8075 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 8076 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 8077 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8078 * be put into the skb 8079 * @gfp: allocation flags 8080 * 8081 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 8082 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 8083 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 8084 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 8085 * 8086 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 8087 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 8088 * attribute. 8089 * 8090 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 8091 * skb to send the event. 8092 * 8093 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8094 */ 8095 static inline struct sk_buff * 8096 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8097 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8098 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 8099 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 8100 { 8101 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 8102 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 8103 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 8104 } 8105 8106 /** 8107 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 8108 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 8109 * @gfp: allocation flags 8110 * 8111 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 8112 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 8113 */ 8114 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 8115 { 8116 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 8117 } 8118 8119 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 8120 /** 8121 * DOC: Test mode 8122 * 8123 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 8124 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 8125 * factory programming. 8126 * 8127 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it. For more 8128 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 8129 */ 8130 8131 /** 8132 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 8133 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8134 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8135 * be put into the skb 8136 * 8137 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 8138 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 8139 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 8140 * 8141 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 8142 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 8143 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 8144 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 8145 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 8146 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 8147 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 8148 * 8149 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 8150 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 8151 * 8152 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8153 */ 8154 static inline struct sk_buff * 8155 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 8156 { 8157 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 8158 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 8159 } 8160 8161 /** 8162 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 8163 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 8164 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 8165 * 8166 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 8167 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 8168 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 8169 * regardless of the return value. 8170 * 8171 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 8172 */ 8173 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 8174 { 8175 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 8176 } 8177 8178 /** 8179 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 8180 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8181 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8182 * be put into the skb 8183 * @gfp: allocation flags 8184 * 8185 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 8186 * testmode multicast group. 8187 * 8188 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 8189 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 8190 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 8191 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 8192 * in any other way. 8193 * 8194 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 8195 * skb to send the event. 8196 * 8197 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8198 */ 8199 static inline struct sk_buff * 8200 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 8201 { 8202 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 8203 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 8204 approxlen, gfp); 8205 } 8206 8207 /** 8208 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 8209 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 8210 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 8211 * @gfp: allocation flags 8212 * 8213 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 8214 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 8215 * consumes it. 8216 */ 8217 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 8218 { 8219 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 8220 } 8221 8222 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 8223 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 8224 #else 8225 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 8226 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 8227 #endif 8228 8229 /** 8230 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 8231 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 8232 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 8233 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 8234 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 8235 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 8236 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 8237 * status for a FILS connection. 8238 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 8239 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 8240 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 8241 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 8242 */ 8243 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 8244 const u8 *kek; 8245 size_t kek_len; 8246 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 8247 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 8248 const u8 *pmk; 8249 size_t pmk_len; 8250 const u8 *pmkid; 8251 }; 8252 8253 /** 8254 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 8255 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 8256 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 8257 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 8258 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 8259 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 8260 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 8261 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 8262 * case. 8263 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 8264 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 8265 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 8266 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 8267 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 8268 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 8269 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 8270 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 8271 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 8272 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 8273 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 8274 * @valid_links: For MLO connection, BIT mask of the valid link ids. Otherwise 8275 * zero. 8276 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the AP. Otherwise %NULL. 8277 * @links : For MLO connection, contains link info for the valid links indicated 8278 * using @valid_links. For non-MLO connection, links[0] contains the 8279 * connected AP info. 8280 * @links.addr: For MLO connection, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise 8281 * %NULL. 8282 * @links.bssid: For MLO connection, MAC address of the AP link. For non-MLO 8283 * connection, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL). 8284 * @links.bss: For MLO connection, entry of bss to which STA link is connected. 8285 * For non-MLO connection, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to which STA 8286 * is connected. It can be obtained through cfg80211_get_bss() (may be 8287 * %NULL). It is recommended to store the bss from the connect_request and 8288 * hold a reference to it and return through this param to avoid a warning 8289 * if the bss is expired during the connection, esp. for those drivers 8290 * implementing connect op. Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs 8291 * to be specified. 8292 * @links.status: per-link status code, to report a status code that's not 8293 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for a given link, it must also be in the 8294 * @valid_links bitmap and may have a BSS pointer (which is then released) 8295 */ 8296 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 8297 int status; 8298 const u8 *req_ie; 8299 size_t req_ie_len; 8300 const u8 *resp_ie; 8301 size_t resp_ie_len; 8302 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 8303 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 8304 8305 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 8306 u16 valid_links; 8307 struct { 8308 const u8 *addr; 8309 const u8 *bssid; 8310 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 8311 u16 status; 8312 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 8313 }; 8314 8315 /** 8316 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 8317 * 8318 * @dev: network device 8319 * @params: connection response parameters 8320 * @gfp: allocation flags 8321 * 8322 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 8323 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 8324 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 8325 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 8326 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 8327 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 8328 */ 8329 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 8330 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 8331 gfp_t gfp); 8332 8333 /** 8334 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 8335 * 8336 * @dev: network device 8337 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 8338 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 8339 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 8340 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 8341 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 8342 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 8343 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 8344 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 8345 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 8346 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 8347 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 8348 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 8349 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 8350 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 8351 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 8352 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 8353 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 8354 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 8355 * case. 8356 * @gfp: allocation flags 8357 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 8358 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 8359 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 8360 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 8361 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 8362 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 8363 * 8364 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 8365 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 8366 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 8367 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 8368 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 8369 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 8370 */ 8371 static inline void 8372 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 8373 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 8374 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 8375 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 8376 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 8377 { 8378 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 8379 8380 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 8381 params.status = status; 8382 params.links[0].bssid = bssid; 8383 params.links[0].bss = bss; 8384 params.req_ie = req_ie; 8385 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 8386 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 8387 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 8388 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 8389 8390 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 8391 } 8392 8393 /** 8394 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 8395 * 8396 * @dev: network device 8397 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 8398 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 8399 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 8400 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 8401 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 8402 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 8403 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 8404 * the real status code for failures. 8405 * @gfp: allocation flags 8406 * 8407 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 8408 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 8409 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 8410 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 8411 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 8412 */ 8413 static inline void 8414 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 8415 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 8416 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 8417 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 8418 { 8419 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 8420 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 8421 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 8422 } 8423 8424 /** 8425 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 8426 * 8427 * @dev: network device 8428 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 8429 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 8430 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 8431 * @gfp: allocation flags 8432 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 8433 * 8434 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 8435 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 8436 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 8437 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 8438 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 8439 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 8440 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 8441 */ 8442 static inline void 8443 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 8444 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 8445 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 8446 { 8447 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 8448 gfp, timeout_reason); 8449 } 8450 8451 /** 8452 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 8453 * 8454 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 8455 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 8456 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 8457 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 8458 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 8459 * @valid_links: For MLO roaming, BIT mask of the new valid links is set. 8460 * Otherwise zero. 8461 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO roaming, MLD address of the new AP. Otherwise %NULL. 8462 * @links : For MLO roaming, contains new link info for the valid links set in 8463 * @valid_links. For non-MLO roaming, links[0] contains the new AP info. 8464 * @links.addr: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise %NULL. 8465 * @links.bssid: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the new AP link. For non-MLO 8466 * roaming, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the new AP. May be 8467 * %NULL if %links.bss is set. 8468 * @links.channel: the channel of the new AP. 8469 * @links.bss: For MLO roaming, entry of new bss to which STA link got 8470 * roamed. For non-MLO roaming, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to 8471 * which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %links.bssid is set) 8472 */ 8473 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 8474 const u8 *req_ie; 8475 size_t req_ie_len; 8476 const u8 *resp_ie; 8477 size_t resp_ie_len; 8478 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 8479 8480 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 8481 u16 valid_links; 8482 struct { 8483 const u8 *addr; 8484 const u8 *bssid; 8485 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 8486 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 8487 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 8488 }; 8489 8490 /** 8491 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 8492 * 8493 * @dev: network device 8494 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 8495 * @gfp: allocation flags 8496 * 8497 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 8498 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 8499 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 8500 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 8501 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 8502 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 8503 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 8504 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 8505 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 8506 * released while disconnecting from the current bss. 8507 */ 8508 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 8509 gfp_t gfp); 8510 8511 /** 8512 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 8513 * 8514 * @dev: network device 8515 * @peer_addr: BSSID of the AP/P2P GO in case of STA/GC or STA/GC MAC address 8516 * in case of AP/P2P GO 8517 * @td_bitmap: transition disable policy 8518 * @td_bitmap_len: Length of transition disable policy 8519 * @gfp: allocation flags 8520 * 8521 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 8522 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 8523 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 8524 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 8525 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 8526 * indicate the 802.11 association. 8527 * This function can also be called by AP/P2P GO driver that supports 8528 * authentication offload. In this case the peer_mac passed is that of 8529 * associated STA/GC. 8530 */ 8531 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer_addr, 8532 const u8* td_bitmap, u8 td_bitmap_len, gfp_t gfp); 8533 8534 /** 8535 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 8536 * 8537 * @dev: network device 8538 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 8539 * @ie_len: length of IEs 8540 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 8541 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 8542 * @gfp: allocation flags 8543 * 8544 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 8545 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 8546 */ 8547 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 8548 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 8549 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 8550 8551 /** 8552 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 8553 * @wdev: wireless device 8554 * @cookie: the request cookie 8555 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 8556 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 8557 * channel 8558 * @gfp: allocation flags 8559 */ 8560 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8561 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 8562 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 8563 8564 /** 8565 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 8566 * @wdev: wireless device 8567 * @cookie: the request cookie 8568 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 8569 * @gfp: allocation flags 8570 */ 8571 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8572 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 8573 gfp_t gfp); 8574 8575 /** 8576 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired 8577 * @wdev: wireless device 8578 * @cookie: the requested cookie 8579 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) 8580 * @gfp: allocation flags 8581 */ 8582 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8583 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 8584 8585 /** 8586 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 8587 * 8588 * @sinfo: the station information 8589 * @gfp: allocation flags 8590 * 8591 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 8592 */ 8593 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 8594 8595 /** 8596 * cfg80211_link_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 8597 * 8598 * @link_sinfo: the link station information 8599 * @gfp: allocation flags 8600 * 8601 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 8602 */ 8603 int cfg80211_link_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct link_station_info *link_sinfo, 8604 gfp_t gfp); 8605 8606 /** 8607 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 8608 * @sinfo: the station information 8609 * 8610 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 8611 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 8612 * the stack.) 8613 */ 8614 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 8615 { 8616 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 8617 8618 for (int link_id = 0; link_id < ARRAY_SIZE(sinfo->links); link_id++) { 8619 if (sinfo->links[link_id]) { 8620 kfree(sinfo->links[link_id]->pertid); 8621 kfree(sinfo->links[link_id]); 8622 } 8623 } 8624 } 8625 8626 /** 8627 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 8628 * 8629 * @dev: the netdev 8630 * @mac_addr: the station's address 8631 * @sinfo: the station information 8632 * @gfp: allocation flags 8633 */ 8634 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 8635 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 8636 8637 /** 8638 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 8639 * @dev: the netdev 8640 * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used. 8641 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 8642 * @gfp: allocation flags 8643 */ 8644 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 8645 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 8646 8647 /** 8648 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 8649 * 8650 * @dev: the netdev 8651 * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used. 8652 * @gfp: allocation flags 8653 */ 8654 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, 8655 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 8656 { 8657 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 8658 } 8659 8660 /** 8661 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 8662 * 8663 * @dev: the netdev 8664 * @mac_addr: the station's address 8665 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 8666 * @gfp: allocation flags 8667 * 8668 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 8669 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 8670 * for some reasons, this function is called. 8671 * 8672 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 8673 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 8674 */ 8675 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 8676 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 8677 gfp_t gfp); 8678 8679 /** 8680 * struct cfg80211_rx_info - received management frame info 8681 * 8682 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in kHz 8683 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8684 * @have_link_id: indicates the frame was received on a link of 8685 * an MLD, i.e. the @link_id field is valid 8686 * @link_id: the ID of the link the frame was received on 8687 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8688 * @len: length of the frame data 8689 * @flags: flags, as defined in &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 8690 * @rx_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of frame RX in nanoseconds 8691 * @ack_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of ack TX in nanoseconds 8692 */ 8693 struct cfg80211_rx_info { 8694 int freq; 8695 int sig_dbm; 8696 bool have_link_id; 8697 u8 link_id; 8698 const u8 *buf; 8699 size_t len; 8700 u32 flags; 8701 u64 rx_tstamp; 8702 u64 ack_tstamp; 8703 }; 8704 8705 /** 8706 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext - management frame notification with extended info 8707 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8708 * @info: RX info as defined in struct cfg80211_rx_info 8709 * 8710 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 8711 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 8712 * 8713 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 8714 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 8715 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 8716 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 8717 */ 8718 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8719 struct cfg80211_rx_info *info); 8720 8721 /** 8722 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 8723 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8724 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz 8725 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8726 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8727 * @len: length of the frame data 8728 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 8729 * 8730 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 8731 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 8732 * 8733 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 8734 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 8735 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 8736 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 8737 */ 8738 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 8739 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 8740 u32 flags) 8741 { 8742 struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { 8743 .freq = freq, 8744 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, 8745 .buf = buf, 8746 .len = len, 8747 .flags = flags 8748 }; 8749 8750 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info); 8751 } 8752 8753 /** 8754 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 8755 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8756 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 8757 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8758 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8759 * @len: length of the frame data 8760 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 8761 * 8762 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 8763 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 8764 * 8765 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 8766 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 8767 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 8768 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 8769 */ 8770 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 8771 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 8772 u32 flags) 8773 { 8774 struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { 8775 .freq = MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 8776 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, 8777 .buf = buf, 8778 .len = len, 8779 .flags = flags 8780 }; 8781 8782 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info); 8783 } 8784 8785 /** 8786 * struct cfg80211_tx_status - TX status for management frame information 8787 * 8788 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 8789 * @tx_tstamp: hardware TX timestamp in nanoseconds 8790 * @ack_tstamp: hardware ack RX timestamp in nanoseconds 8791 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8792 * @len: length of the frame data 8793 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 8794 */ 8795 struct cfg80211_tx_status { 8796 u64 cookie; 8797 u64 tx_tstamp; 8798 u64 ack_tstamp; 8799 const u8 *buf; 8800 size_t len; 8801 bool ack; 8802 }; 8803 8804 /** 8805 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext - TX status notification with extended info 8806 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8807 * @status: TX status data 8808 * @gfp: context flags 8809 * 8810 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 8811 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 8812 * transmission attempt with extended info. 8813 */ 8814 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8815 struct cfg80211_tx_status *status, gfp_t gfp); 8816 8817 /** 8818 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 8819 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8820 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 8821 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8822 * @len: length of the frame data 8823 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 8824 * @gfp: context flags 8825 * 8826 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 8827 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 8828 * transmission attempt. 8829 */ 8830 static inline void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8831 u64 cookie, const u8 *buf, 8832 size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp) 8833 { 8834 struct cfg80211_tx_status status = { 8835 .cookie = cookie, 8836 .buf = buf, 8837 .len = len, 8838 .ack = ack 8839 }; 8840 8841 cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(wdev, &status, gfp); 8842 } 8843 8844 /** 8845 * cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control 8846 * port frames 8847 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8848 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() 8849 * @buf: Data frame (header + body) 8850 * @len: length of the frame data 8851 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 8852 * @gfp: context flags 8853 * 8854 * This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be 8855 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of 8856 * the transmission attempt. 8857 */ 8858 void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8859 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, 8860 gfp_t gfp); 8861 8862 /** 8863 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 8864 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 8865 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 8866 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 8867 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 8868 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 8869 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 8870 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 8871 * @link_id: the link the frame was received on, -1 if not applicable or unknown 8872 * 8873 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 8874 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 8875 * control port frames over nl80211. 8876 * 8877 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 8878 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 8879 * 8880 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 8881 */ 8882 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb, 8883 bool unencrypted, int link_id); 8884 8885 /** 8886 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 8887 * @dev: network device 8888 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 8889 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 8890 * @gfp: context flags 8891 * 8892 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 8893 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 8894 */ 8895 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8896 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 8897 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 8898 8899 /** 8900 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 8901 * @dev: network device 8902 * @peer: peer's MAC address 8903 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 8904 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 8905 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 8906 * @gfp: context flags 8907 */ 8908 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8909 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 8910 8911 /** 8912 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 8913 * @dev: network device 8914 * @peer: peer's MAC address 8915 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 8916 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 8917 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 8918 * @gfp: context flags 8919 * 8920 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 8921 * given interval is exceeded. 8922 */ 8923 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 8924 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 8925 8926 /** 8927 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 8928 * @dev: network device 8929 * @gfp: context flags 8930 * 8931 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 8932 */ 8933 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 8934 8935 /** 8936 * __cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 8937 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8938 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 8939 * @offchan: the radar has been detected on the offchannel chain 8940 * @gfp: context flags 8941 * 8942 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 8943 */ 8944 void __cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8945 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8946 bool offchan, gfp_t gfp); 8947 8948 static inline void 8949 cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8950 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8951 gfp_t gfp) 8952 { 8953 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, false, gfp); 8954 } 8955 8956 static inline void 8957 cfg80211_background_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8958 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8959 gfp_t gfp) 8960 { 8961 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, true, gfp); 8962 } 8963 8964 /** 8965 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 8966 * @dev: network device 8967 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 8968 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 8969 * @gfp: context flags 8970 * 8971 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 8972 * frame. 8973 */ 8974 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 8975 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 8976 gfp_t gfp); 8977 8978 /** 8979 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 8980 * @netdev: network device 8981 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 8982 * @event: type of event 8983 * @gfp: context flags 8984 * @link_id: valid link_id for MLO operation or 0 otherwise. 8985 * 8986 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 8987 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 8988 * also by full-MAC drivers. 8989 */ 8990 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 8991 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8992 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp, 8993 unsigned int link_id); 8994 8995 /** 8996 * cfg80211_background_cac_abort - Channel Availability Check offchan abort event 8997 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8998 * 8999 * This function is called by the driver when a Channel Availability Check 9000 * (CAC) is aborted by a offchannel dedicated chain. 9001 */ 9002 void cfg80211_background_cac_abort(struct wiphy *wiphy); 9003 9004 /** 9005 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 9006 * @dev: network device 9007 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 9008 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 9009 * @gfp: allocation flags 9010 */ 9011 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 9012 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 9013 9014 /** 9015 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 9016 * @dev: network device 9017 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 9018 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 9019 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 9020 * @gfp: allocation flags 9021 */ 9022 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 9023 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 9024 9025 /** 9026 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 9027 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 9028 * @addr: the transmitter address 9029 * @gfp: context flags 9030 * 9031 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 9032 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the 9033 * sender. 9034 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 9035 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 9036 */ 9037 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, 9038 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 9039 9040 /** 9041 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 9042 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 9043 * @addr: the transmitter address 9044 * @gfp: context flags 9045 * 9046 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 9047 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 9048 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 9049 * station to avoid event flooding. 9050 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 9051 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 9052 */ 9053 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, 9054 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 9055 9056 /** 9057 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 9058 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 9059 * @addr: the address of the peer 9060 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 9061 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 9062 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 9063 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 9064 * @gfp: allocation flags 9065 */ 9066 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 9067 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 9068 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 9069 9070 /** 9071 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs 9072 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 9073 * @frame: the frame 9074 * @len: length of the frame 9075 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz 9076 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 9077 * 9078 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 9079 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 9080 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 9081 */ 9082 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame, 9083 size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm); 9084 9085 /** 9086 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 9087 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 9088 * @frame: the frame 9089 * @len: length of the frame 9090 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 9091 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 9092 * 9093 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 9094 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 9095 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 9096 */ 9097 static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9098 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 9099 int freq, int sig_dbm) 9100 { 9101 cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 9102 sig_dbm); 9103 } 9104 9105 /** 9106 * struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config - beacon check configuration 9107 * @iftype: the interface type to check for 9108 * @relax: allow IR-relaxation conditions to apply (e.g. another 9109 * interface connected already on the same channel) 9110 * NOTE: If this is set, wiphy mutex must be held. 9111 * @reg_power: &enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power value indicating the 9112 * advertised/used 6 GHz regulatory power setting 9113 */ 9114 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config { 9115 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 9116 enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power reg_power; 9117 bool relax; 9118 }; 9119 9120 /** 9121 * cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing - check if beaconing is allowed 9122 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9123 * @chandef: the channel definition 9124 * @cfg: additional parameters for the checking 9125 * 9126 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 9127 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 9128 */ 9129 bool cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9130 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9131 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config *cfg); 9132 9133 /** 9134 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 9135 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9136 * @chandef: the channel definition 9137 * @iftype: interface type 9138 * 9139 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 9140 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 9141 */ 9142 static inline bool 9143 cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9144 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9145 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 9146 { 9147 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config config = { 9148 .iftype = iftype, 9149 }; 9150 9151 return cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing(wiphy, chandef, &config); 9152 } 9153 9154 /** 9155 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 9156 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9157 * @chandef: the channel definition 9158 * @iftype: interface type 9159 * 9160 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 9161 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 9162 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 9163 * more permissive conditions. 9164 * 9165 * Context: Requires the wiphy mutex to be held. 9166 */ 9167 static inline bool 9168 cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9169 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9170 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 9171 { 9172 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config config = { 9173 .iftype = iftype, 9174 .relax = true, 9175 }; 9176 9177 return cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing(wiphy, chandef, &config); 9178 } 9179 9180 /** 9181 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 9182 * @dev: the device which switched channels 9183 * @chandef: the new channel definition 9184 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO 9185 * 9186 * Caller must hold wiphy mutex, therefore must only be called from sleepable 9187 * driver context! 9188 */ 9189 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9190 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9191 unsigned int link_id); 9192 9193 /** 9194 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 9195 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 9196 * @chandef: the future channel definition 9197 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO 9198 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 9199 * @quiet: whether or not immediate quiet was requested by the AP 9200 * 9201 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 9202 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 9203 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 9204 */ 9205 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9206 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9207 unsigned int link_id, u8 count, 9208 bool quiet); 9209 9210 /** 9211 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 9212 * 9213 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 9214 * @band: band pointer to fill 9215 * 9216 * Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 9217 */ 9218 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 9219 enum nl80211_band *band); 9220 9221 /** 9222 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_chandef - convert operating class to chandef 9223 * 9224 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 9225 * @chan: the ieee80211_channel to convert 9226 * @chandef: a pointer to the resulting chandef 9227 * 9228 * Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 9229 */ 9230 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_chandef(u8 operating_class, 9231 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 9232 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 9233 9234 /** 9235 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 9236 * 9237 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 9238 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 9239 * 9240 * Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 9241 */ 9242 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9243 u8 *op_class); 9244 9245 /** 9246 * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz 9247 * 9248 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 9249 * 9250 * Return: the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz. 9251 */ 9252 static inline u32 9253 ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 9254 { 9255 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; 9256 } 9257 9258 /** 9259 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 9260 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 9261 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 9262 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 9263 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 9264 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 9265 * @gfp: allocation flags 9266 * 9267 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 9268 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 9269 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 9270 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 9271 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 9272 */ 9273 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 9274 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 9275 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 9276 9277 /** 9278 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 9279 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 9280 * 9281 * Return: calculated bitrate 9282 */ 9283 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 9284 9285 /** 9286 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 9287 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 9288 * 9289 * This function removes the device so it can no longer be used. It is necessary 9290 * to call this function even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the device 9291 * by calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also be called 9292 * when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. when the hardware device 9293 * is unbound from the driver. 9294 * 9295 * Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 9296 */ 9297 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 9298 9299 /** 9300 * cfg80211_register_netdevice - register the given netdev 9301 * @dev: the netdev to register 9302 * 9303 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 9304 * than register_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL is 9305 * held. Otherwise, both register_netdevice() and register_netdev() are usable 9306 * instead as well. 9307 * 9308 * Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 9309 * 9310 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9311 */ 9312 int cfg80211_register_netdevice(struct net_device *dev); 9313 9314 /** 9315 * cfg80211_unregister_netdevice - unregister the given netdev 9316 * @dev: the netdev to register 9317 * 9318 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 9319 * than unregister_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL 9320 * is held. Otherwise, both unregister_netdevice() and unregister_netdev() are 9321 * usable instead as well. 9322 * 9323 * Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 9324 */ 9325 static inline void cfg80211_unregister_netdevice(struct net_device *dev) 9326 { 9327 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 9328 cfg80211_unregister_wdev(dev->ieee80211_ptr); 9329 #endif 9330 } 9331 9332 /** 9333 * struct cfg80211_ft_event_params - FT Information Elements 9334 * @ies: FT IEs 9335 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 9336 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 9337 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 9338 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 9339 */ 9340 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 9341 const u8 *ies; 9342 size_t ies_len; 9343 const u8 *target_ap; 9344 const u8 *ric_ies; 9345 size_t ric_ies_len; 9346 }; 9347 9348 /** 9349 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 9350 * @netdev: network device 9351 * @ft_event: IE information 9352 */ 9353 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 9354 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 9355 9356 /** 9357 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 9358 * @ies: the input IE buffer 9359 * @len: the input length 9360 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 9361 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 9362 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 9363 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 9364 * 9365 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 9366 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 9367 * 9368 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 9369 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 9370 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 9371 */ 9372 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 9373 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 9374 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 9375 9376 /** 9377 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 9378 * @ies: the IE buffer 9379 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 9380 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 9381 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 9382 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 9383 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 9384 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 9385 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 9386 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 9387 * 9388 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 9389 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 9390 * split. 9391 * 9392 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 9393 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 9394 * 9395 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 9396 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 9397 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 9398 * 9399 * Return: The offset where the next part of the buffer starts, which 9400 * may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) of the buffer should be 9401 * used. 9402 */ 9403 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 9404 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 9405 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 9406 size_t offset); 9407 9408 /** 9409 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 9410 * @ies: the IE buffer 9411 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 9412 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 9413 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 9414 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 9415 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 9416 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 9417 * 9418 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 9419 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 9420 * split. 9421 * 9422 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 9423 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 9424 * 9425 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 9426 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 9427 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 9428 * 9429 * Return: The offset where the next part of the buffer starts, which 9430 * may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) of the buffer should be 9431 * used. 9432 */ 9433 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 9434 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 9435 { 9436 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 9437 } 9438 9439 /** 9440 * ieee80211_fragment_element - fragment the last element in skb 9441 * @skb: The skbuf that the element was added to 9442 * @len_pos: Pointer to length of the element to fragment 9443 * @frag_id: The element ID to use for fragments 9444 * 9445 * This function fragments all data after @len_pos, adding fragmentation 9446 * elements with the given ID as appropriate. The SKB will grow in size 9447 * accordingly. 9448 */ 9449 void ieee80211_fragment_element(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *len_pos, u8 frag_id); 9450 9451 /** 9452 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 9453 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 9454 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 9455 * @gfp: allocation flags 9456 * 9457 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 9458 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 9459 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 9460 * else caused the wakeup. 9461 */ 9462 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9463 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 9464 gfp_t gfp); 9465 9466 /** 9467 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 9468 * 9469 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 9470 * @gfp: allocation flags 9471 * 9472 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 9473 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 9474 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 9475 */ 9476 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 9477 9478 /** 9479 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 9480 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9481 * 9482 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 9483 */ 9484 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 9485 9486 /** 9487 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 9488 * 9489 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9490 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 9491 * 9492 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 9493 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 9494 * the interface combinations. 9495 * 9496 * Return: 0 if combinations are allowed. Non-zero on error. 9497 */ 9498 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9499 struct iface_combination_params *params); 9500 9501 /** 9502 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 9503 * 9504 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9505 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 9506 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 9507 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 9508 * 9509 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 9510 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 9511 * purposes. 9512 * 9513 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9514 */ 9515 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9516 struct iface_combination_params *params, 9517 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 9518 void *data), 9519 void *data); 9520 /** 9521 * cfg80211_get_radio_idx_by_chan - get the radio index by the channel 9522 * 9523 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9524 * @chan: channel for which the supported radio index is required 9525 * 9526 * Return: radio index on success or a negative error code 9527 */ 9528 int cfg80211_get_radio_idx_by_chan(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9529 const struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 9530 9531 9532 /** 9533 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 9534 * 9535 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9536 * @wdev: wireless device 9537 * @gfp: context flags 9538 * 9539 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 9540 * disconnected. 9541 * 9542 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 9543 */ 9544 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9545 gfp_t gfp); 9546 9547 /** 9548 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 9549 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 9550 * 9551 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 9552 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 9553 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 9554 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 9555 * 9556 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 9557 * the driver while the function is running. 9558 */ 9559 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 9560 9561 /** 9562 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 9563 * 9564 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 9565 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 9566 * 9567 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 9568 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 9569 */ 9570 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9571 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 9572 { 9573 u8 *ft_byte; 9574 9575 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 9576 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 9577 } 9578 9579 /** 9580 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 9581 * 9582 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 9583 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 9584 * 9585 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 9586 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 9587 * 9588 * Return: %true if extended feature flag is set, %false otherwise 9589 */ 9590 static inline bool 9591 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9592 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 9593 { 9594 u8 ft_byte; 9595 9596 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 9597 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 9598 } 9599 9600 /** 9601 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 9602 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 9603 * 9604 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 9605 */ 9606 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 9607 9608 /** 9609 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 9610 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 9611 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 9612 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 9613 * result. 9614 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 9615 * @inst_id: the local instance id 9616 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 9617 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 9618 * @info_len: the length of the &info 9619 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 9620 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 9621 */ 9622 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 9623 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 9624 u8 inst_id; 9625 u8 peer_inst_id; 9626 const u8 *addr; 9627 u8 info_len; 9628 const u8 *info; 9629 u64 cookie; 9630 }; 9631 9632 /** 9633 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 9634 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 9635 * @match: match notification parameters 9636 * @gfp: allocation flags 9637 * 9638 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 9639 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 9640 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 9641 */ 9642 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9643 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 9644 9645 /** 9646 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 9647 * 9648 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 9649 * @inst_id: the local instance id 9650 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 9651 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 9652 * @gfp: allocation flags 9653 * 9654 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 9655 */ 9656 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9657 u8 inst_id, 9658 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 9659 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 9660 9661 /* ethtool helper */ 9662 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 9663 9664 /** 9665 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 9666 * @netdev: network device 9667 * @params: External authentication parameters 9668 * @gfp: allocation flags 9669 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 9670 */ 9671 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 9672 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 9673 gfp_t gfp); 9674 9675 /** 9676 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 9677 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 9678 * @req: the original measurement request 9679 * @result: the result data 9680 * @gfp: allocation flags 9681 */ 9682 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9683 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 9684 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 9685 gfp_t gfp); 9686 9687 /** 9688 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 9689 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 9690 * @req: the original measurement request 9691 * @gfp: allocation flags 9692 * 9693 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 9694 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 9695 */ 9696 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9697 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 9698 gfp_t gfp); 9699 9700 /** 9701 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed 9702 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9703 * @iftype: interface type 9704 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' 9705 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces 9706 * 9707 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API 9708 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when 9709 * check_swif is '1'. 9710 * 9711 * Return: %true if allowed, %false otherwise 9712 */ 9713 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 9714 bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); 9715 9716 9717 /** 9718 * cfg80211_assoc_comeback - notification of association that was 9719 * temporarily rejected with a comeback 9720 * @netdev: network device 9721 * @ap_addr: AP (MLD) address that rejected the association 9722 * @timeout: timeout interval value TUs. 9723 * 9724 * this function may sleep. the caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 9725 */ 9726 void cfg80211_assoc_comeback(struct net_device *netdev, 9727 const u8 *ap_addr, u32 timeout); 9728 9729 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 9730 9731 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 9732 9733 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 9734 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9735 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9736 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9737 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9738 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9739 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9740 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9741 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9742 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9743 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9744 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9745 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9746 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9747 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9748 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9749 #define wiphy_info_once(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9750 dev_info_once(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9751 9752 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9753 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9754 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9755 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9756 9757 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9758 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 9759 9760 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9761 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9762 9763 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 9764 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 9765 #else 9766 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9767 ({ \ 9768 if (0) \ 9769 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 9770 0; \ 9771 }) 9772 #endif 9773 9774 /* 9775 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 9776 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 9777 * file/line information and a backtrace. 9778 */ 9779 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9780 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 9781 9782 /** 9783 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space 9784 * @netdev: network device 9785 * @owe_info: peer's owe info 9786 * @gfp: allocation flags 9787 */ 9788 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, 9789 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, 9790 gfp_t gfp); 9791 9792 /** 9793 * cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries 9794 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9795 */ 9796 void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy); 9797 9798 /** 9799 * cfg80211_bss_color_notify - notify about bss color event 9800 * @dev: network device 9801 * @cmd: the actual event we want to notify 9802 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 9803 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 9804 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 9805 * 9806 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9807 */ 9808 int cfg80211_bss_color_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9809 enum nl80211_commands cmd, u8 count, 9810 u64 color_bitmap, u8 link_id); 9811 9812 /** 9813 * cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify - notify about bss color collision 9814 * @dev: network device 9815 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 9816 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 9817 * 9818 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9819 */ 9820 static inline int cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9821 u64 color_bitmap, 9822 u8 link_id) 9823 { 9824 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, 9825 0, color_bitmap, link_id); 9826 } 9827 9828 /** 9829 * cfg80211_color_change_started_notify - notify color change start 9830 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 9831 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 9832 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 9833 * 9834 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has started. 9835 * 9836 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9837 */ 9838 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9839 u8 count, u8 link_id) 9840 { 9841 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, 9842 count, 0, link_id); 9843 } 9844 9845 /** 9846 * cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify - notify color change abort 9847 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 9848 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 9849 * 9850 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has aborted. 9851 * 9852 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9853 */ 9854 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9855 u8 link_id) 9856 { 9857 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, 9858 0, 0, link_id); 9859 } 9860 9861 /** 9862 * cfg80211_color_change_notify - notify color change completion 9863 * @dev: the device on which the color was switched 9864 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 9865 * 9866 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has completed. 9867 * 9868 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9869 */ 9870 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9871 u8 link_id) 9872 { 9873 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, 9874 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, 9875 0, 0, link_id); 9876 } 9877 9878 /** 9879 * cfg80211_links_removed - Notify about removed STA MLD setup links. 9880 * @dev: network device. 9881 * @link_mask: BIT mask of removed STA MLD setup link IDs. 9882 * 9883 * Inform cfg80211 and the userspace about removed STA MLD setup links due to 9884 * AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with Multi-Link 9885 * reconfiguration. Note that it's not valid to remove all links, in this 9886 * case disconnect instead. 9887 * Also note that the wdev mutex must be held. 9888 */ 9889 void cfg80211_links_removed(struct net_device *dev, u16 link_mask); 9890 9891 /** 9892 * struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data - MLO reconfiguration data 9893 * @buf: MLO Reconfiguration Response frame (header + body) 9894 * @len: length of the frame data 9895 * @driver_initiated: Indicates whether the add links request is initiated by 9896 * driver. This is set to true when the link reconfiguration request 9897 * initiated by driver due to AP link recommendation requests 9898 * (Ex: BTM (BSS Transition Management) request) handling offloaded to 9899 * driver. 9900 * @added_links: BIT mask of links successfully added to the association 9901 * @links: per-link information indexed by link ID 9902 * @links.bss: the BSS that MLO reconfiguration was requested for, ownership of 9903 * the pointer moves to cfg80211 in the call to 9904 * cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done(). 9905 * 9906 * The BSS pointer must be set for each link for which 'add' operation was 9907 * requested in the assoc_ml_reconf callback. 9908 */ 9909 struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data { 9910 const u8 *buf; 9911 size_t len; 9912 bool driver_initiated; 9913 u16 added_links; 9914 struct { 9915 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 9916 u8 *addr; 9917 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 9918 }; 9919 9920 /** 9921 * cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done - Notify about MLO reconfiguration result 9922 * @dev: network device. 9923 * @data: MLO reconfiguration done data, &struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data 9924 * 9925 * Inform cfg80211 and the userspace that processing of ML reconfiguration 9926 * request to add links to the association is done. 9927 */ 9928 void cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done(struct net_device *dev, 9929 struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data *data); 9930 9931 /** 9932 * cfg80211_schedule_channels_check - schedule regulatory check if needed 9933 * @wdev: the wireless device to check 9934 * 9935 * In case the device supports NO_IR or DFS relaxations, schedule regulatory 9936 * channels check, as previous concurrent operation conditions may not 9937 * hold anymore. 9938 */ 9939 void cfg80211_schedule_channels_check(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 9940 9941 /** 9942 * cfg80211_epcs_changed - Notify about a change in EPCS state 9943 * @netdev: the wireless device whose EPCS state changed 9944 * @enabled: set to true if EPCS was enabled, otherwise set to false. 9945 */ 9946 void cfg80211_epcs_changed(struct net_device *netdev, bool enabled); 9947 9948 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_DEBUGFS 9949 /** 9950 * wiphy_locked_debugfs_read - do a locked read in debugfs 9951 * @wiphy: the wiphy to use 9952 * @file: the file being read 9953 * @buf: the buffer to fill and then read from 9954 * @bufsize: size of the buffer 9955 * @userbuf: the user buffer to copy to 9956 * @count: read count 9957 * @ppos: read position 9958 * @handler: the read handler to call (under wiphy lock) 9959 * @data: additional data to pass to the read handler 9960 * 9961 * Return: the number of characters read, or a negative errno 9962 */ 9963 ssize_t wiphy_locked_debugfs_read(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct file *file, 9964 char *buf, size_t bufsize, 9965 char __user *userbuf, size_t count, 9966 loff_t *ppos, 9967 ssize_t (*handler)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9968 struct file *file, 9969 char *buf, 9970 size_t bufsize, 9971 void *data), 9972 void *data); 9973 9974 /** 9975 * wiphy_locked_debugfs_write - do a locked write in debugfs 9976 * @wiphy: the wiphy to use 9977 * @file: the file being written to 9978 * @buf: the buffer to copy the user data to 9979 * @bufsize: size of the buffer 9980 * @userbuf: the user buffer to copy from 9981 * @count: read count 9982 * @handler: the write handler to call (under wiphy lock) 9983 * @data: additional data to pass to the write handler 9984 * 9985 * Return: the number of characters written, or a negative errno 9986 */ 9987 ssize_t wiphy_locked_debugfs_write(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct file *file, 9988 char *buf, size_t bufsize, 9989 const char __user *userbuf, size_t count, 9990 ssize_t (*handler)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9991 struct file *file, 9992 char *buf, 9993 size_t count, 9994 void *data), 9995 void *data); 9996 #endif 9997 9998 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 9999